Back to GetFilings.com



UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004

Commission file number 000-24272
 
FLUSHING FINANCIAL CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
Delaware   11-3209278
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)   (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
     
1979 Marcus Avenue, Suite E140, Lake Success, New York 11042
(Address of principal executive offices)
 
(718) 961-5400
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None.
   
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: Common Stock $0.01 par value (and
  associated Preferred Stock Purchase Rights).
 

                 Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.     Yes   No

                 Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.

                 Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).      Yes   No

                 As of June 30, 2004, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, the aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was $319,016,000. This figure is based on the closing price on that date on the Nasdaq National Market for a share of the registrant’s Common Stock, $0.01 par value, which was $17.65.

                 The number of shares of the registrant’s Common Stock outstanding as of February 28, 2005 was 19,201,756 shares.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 17, 2005 are incorporated herein by reference in Part III.

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS
    Page
       
PART I      
       
Item 1. Business   1  
               Overview   1  
               Market Area and Competition   2  
               Lending Activities   2  
                         Loan Portfolio Composition   2  
                         Loan Maturity and Repricing   6  
                         Multi-Family Residential Lending   6  
                         Commercial Real Estate Lending   7  
                         One-to-Four Family Mortgage Lending – Mixed-Use Properties   7  
                         One-to-Four Family Mortgage Lending – Residential Properties   8  
                         Construction Loans   9  
                         Small Business Administration Lending   9  
                         Commercial Business and Other Lending   10  
                         Loan Approval Procedures and Authority   10  
                         Loan Concentrations   11  
                         Loan Servicing   11  
               Asset Quality   11  
                         Loan Collection   11  
                         Delinquent Loans and Non-performing Assets   12  
                         Real Estate Owned   12  
                         Environmental Concerns Relating to Loans   12  
               Allowance for Loan Losses   13  
               Investment Activities   16  
                         General   16  
                         Mortgage-backed securities   17  
               Sources of Funds   20  
                         General   20  
                         Deposits   20  
                         Borrowings   23  
               Subsidiary Activities   24  
               Personnel   25  
               Stock-Based Compensation   25  
   
RISK FACTORS  
       
               Effect of Interest Rates   25  
               Lending Activities   26  
               Competition   26  
               Local Economic Conditions   27  
               Legislation and Proposed Changes   27  
               Certain Anti-Takeover Provisions   27  

i


FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL TAXATION

 
    
               Federal Taxation   28  
                         General   28  
                         Bad Debt Reserves   28  
                         Distributions   28  
                         Corporate Alternative Minimum Tax   28  
               State and Local Taxation   28  
                         New York State and New York City Taxation   28  
                         Delaware State Taxation   29  
   
REGULATION  
       
               General   29  
               Holding Company Regulation   30  
               Investment Powers   30  
               Real Estate Lending Standards   31  
               Loans-to-One Borrower Limits   31  
               Insurance of Accounts   31  
               Qualified Thrift Lender Test   32  
               Transactions with Affiliates   32  
               Restrictions on Dividends and Capital Distributions   33  
               Federal Home Loan Bank System   33  
               Assessments   33  
               Branching   34  
               Community Reinvestment   34  
               Brokered Deposits   34  
               Capital Requirements   34  
                         General   34  
                         Tangible Capital Requirement   34  
                         Leverage and Core Capital Requirement   35  
                         Risk-Based Requirement   35  
               Federal Reserve System   35  
               Financial Reporting   35  
               Standards for Safety and Soundness   36  
               Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act   36  
               USA Patriot Act   36  
               Prompt Corrective Action   37  
               Federal Securities Laws   37  
               Available Information   37  
Item 2. Properties   38  
Item 3. Legal Proceedings   38  
Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders   38  

ii


PART II    
   
Item 5.  Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters  
                  and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities   39  
Item 6.  Selected Financial Data   40  
Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results  
                  of Operations   42  
                  General   42  
                  Overview   42  
                  Interest Rate Sensitivity Analysis   45  
                  Interests Rate Risk   47  
                  Analysis of Net Interest Income   47  
                  Rate/Volume Analysis   49  
                  Comparison of Operating Results for the Years Ended December 31, 2004 and 2003   49  
                  Comparison of Operating Results for the Years Ended December 31, 2003 and 2002   51  
                  Liquidity, Regulatory Capital and Capital Resources   53  
                  Critical Accounting Policies   54  
                  Contractual Obligations   55  
                  Impact of New Accounting Standards   56  
Item 7A.   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk   56  
Item 8.      Financial Statements and Supplementary Data   57  
Item 9.      Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and  
                  Financial Disclosure   91  
Item 9A.   Controls and Procedures   91  
Item 9B.    Other Information   92  
   
PART III  
       
Item 10.   Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant   93  
Item 11.   Executive Compensation   93  
Item 12.   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management   93  
Item 13.   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions   94  
Item 14.   Principal Accounting Fees and Services   94  
   
PART IV  
       
Item 15.   Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules   94  
                  (a) 1. Financial Statements   94  
                  (a) 2. Financial Statement Schedules   94  
                  (a) 3. Exhibits Required by Securities and Exchange Commission Regulation S-K   94  
   

SIGNATURES

POWER OF ATTORNEY


iii


CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS

                 Statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K (this “Annual Report”) relating to plans, strategies, economic performance and trends, projections of results of specific activities or investments and other statements that are not descriptions of historical facts may be forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Forward-looking information is inherently subject to risks and uncertainties, and actual results could differ materially from those currently anticipated due to a number of factors, which include, but are not limited to, factors discussed under the captions “Business — Allowance for Loan Losses”, “Business — Market Area and Competition” and “Business — Risk Factors” in Item 1 below, in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Overview” in Item 7 below, and elsewhere in this Annual Report and in other documents filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission from time to time. Forward-looking statements may be identified by terms such as “may”, “will”, “should”, “could”, “expects”, “plans”, “intends”, “anticipates”, “believes”, “estimates”, “predicts”, “forecasts”, “potential” or “continue” or similar terms or the negative of these terms. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements. The Company has no obligation to update these forward-looking statements.

PART I

Item 1.        Business.

GENERAL

Overview

                 Flushing Financial Corporation (the “Holding Company”) is a Delaware corporation organized in May 1994 at the direction of Flushing Savings Bank, FSB (the “Bank”). The Bank was organized in 1929 as a New York State chartered mutual savings bank. In 1994, the Bank converted to a federally chartered mutual savings bank and changed its name from Flushing Savings Bank to Flushing Savings Bank, FSB. The Bank converted from a federally chartered mutual savings bank to a federally chartered stock savings bank on November 21, 1995, at which time the Holding Company acquired all of the stock of the Bank. The primary business of the Holding Company at this time is the operation of its wholly owned subsidiary, the Bank. The Bank owns three subsidiaries: Flushing Preferred Funding Corporation, Flushing Service Corporation, and FSB Properties Inc. The activities of the Holding Company are primarily funded by dividends, if any, received from the Bank. Flushing Financial Corporation’s common stock is traded on the NASDAQ National Market under the symbol “FFIC”.

                 The Holding Company also owns Flushing Financial Capital Trust I (the “Trust”), a special purpose business trust formed to issue capital securities. The Trust used the proceeds from the issuance of these capital securities, and the proceeds from the issuance of its common stock, to purchase junior subordinated debentures from the Holding Company. Since the Holding Company does not have sufficient equity at risk, as defined in FASB Interpretation No. 46R, effective January 1, 2004, the Trust is no longer included in the consolidated financial statements.

                 Unless otherwise disclosed, the information presented in this Annual Report reflects the financial condition and results of operations of the Holding Company, the Bank and the Bank’s subsidiaries on a consolidated basis (collectively, the “Company”). At December 31, 2004, the Company had total assets of $2.1 billion, deposits of $1.3 billion and stockholders’ equity of $160.7 million.

                 The Bank’s principal business is attracting retail deposits from the general public and investing those deposits together with funds generated from ongoing operations and borrowings, primarily in (1) originations and purchases of one-to-four family (focusing on mixed-use properties – properties that contain both residential dwelling units and commercial units), multi-family residential and commercial real estate mortgage loans; (2) mortgage loan surrogates such as mortgage-backed securities; and (3) U.S. government securities, corporate fixed-income securities and other marketable securities. To a lesser extent, the Bank originates certain other loans, including construction loans, Small Business Administration (“SBA”) loans and other small business and consumer loans. The Bank’s revenues are derived principally from interest on its mortgage and other loans and mortgage-backed securities portfolio, and interest and dividends on other investments in its securities portfolio. The Bank’s primary sources of funds are deposits, Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (“FHLB-NY”) borrowings,


1


repurchase agreements, principal and interest payments on loans, mortgage-backed and other securities, proceeds from sales of securities and, to a lesser extent, proceeds from sales of loans. As a federal savings bank, the Bank’s primary regulator is the Office of Thrift Supervision (“OTS”). The Bank’s deposits are insured to the maximum allowable amount by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). Additionally, the Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) system.

                 In addition to operating the Bank, the Holding Company invests primarily in U.S. government securities, mortgage-backed securities, and corporate securities. The Holding Company also holds a note evidencing a loan that it made to an employee benefit trust established by the Holding Company for the purpose of holding shares for allocation or distribution under certain employee benefit plans of the Holding Company and the Bank (the “Employee Benefit Trust”). The funds provided by this loan enabled the Employee Benefit Trust to acquire 2,328,750 shares, or 8% of the common stock issued in our initial public offering.

                 On November 18, 2003, the Board of Directors declared a three-for-two split of the Holding Company’s common stock in the form of a 50% stock dividend, which was paid on December 15, 2003. Each stockholder received one additional share for every two shares of common stock held at the record date, December 1, 2003. Cash was paid in lieu of fractional shares and no dividend was paid on shares held in treasury. Share and per share data for prior years in this Annual Report have been adjusted to reflect this stock dividend.

Market Area and Competition

                 The Bank is a community oriented savings institution offering a wide variety of financial services to meet the needs of the communities it serves. The Bank’s main office is in Flushing, New York, located in the Borough of Queens. It currently operates out of its main office and nine branch offices, located in the New York City Boroughs of Queens, Brooklyn, and Manhattan, and in Nassau County, New York. The Bank maintains its executive offices in Lake Success in Nassau County, New York. Substantially all of the Bank’s mortgage loans are secured by properties located in the New York City metropolitan area. During the last three years, real estate values in the New York City metropolitan area have been relatively stable or increasing, which has favorably impacted the Bank’s asset quality. See “— Asset Quality” and “– Risk Factors – Local Economic Conditions”. There can be no assurance that the stability of these economic factors will continue.

                 The Bank faces intense and increasing competition both in making loans and in attracting deposits. The Bank’s market area has a high density of financial institutions, many of which have greater financial resources, name recognition and market presence than the Bank, and all of which are competitors of the Bank to varying degrees. Particularly intense competition exists for deposits and in all of the lending activities emphasized by the Bank. The future earnings prospects of the Bank will be affected by the Bank’s ability to compete effectively with other financial institutions and to implement its business strategies. See “— Risk Factors – Competition”.

                 For a discussion of the Company’s business strategies, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Overview — Management Strategy” included in Item 7 of this Annual Report.

Lending Activities

                 Loan Portfolio Composition. The Bank’s loan portfolio consists primarily of mortgage loans secured by multi-family residential, commercial real estate, one-to-four family mixed-use property, one-to-four family residential property, and construction loans. In addition, the Bank also offers SBA loans, other small business loans and consumer loans. Substantially all the Bank’s mortgage loans are secured by properties located within the Bank’s market area. At December 31, 2004, the Bank had gross loans outstanding of $1,518.2 million (before the allowance for loan losses and net deferred costs).

                 In recent years, the Bank has emphasized the origination of multi-family residential, commercial real estate and one-to-four family mixed-use property mortgage loans. These loans generally have higher yields than one-to-four family residential properties, and include prepayment penalties that the Bank collects if the loans pay in full prior to the contractual maturity. From December 31, 2001 to December 31, 2004, multi-family residential mortgage loans increased $277.3 million, or 75.0%, commercial real estate mortgage loans increased $119.6 million, or 55.8%, one-to-four family mixed-use property mortgage loans increased $223.0 million, or 203.1%, while one-to-four family residential mortgage loans decreased $203.7 million, or 56.8%. The Bank expects to continue this emphasis through aggressive marketing and by maintaining competitive interest rates and origination fees. The


2


Bank’s marketing efforts include frequent contacts with mortgage brokers and other professionals who serve as referral sources. From time-to-time, the Bank may purchase loans from mortgage bankers and other financial institutions. Loans purchased comply with the Bank’s underwriting standards.

                 Fully underwritten one-to-four family residential mortgage loans generally are considered by the banking industry to have less risk than other types of loans. Multi-family residential, commercial real estate and one-to-four family mixed-use property mortgage loans generally have higher yields than one-to-four family residential mortgage loans and shorter terms to maturity, but typically involve higher principal amounts and generally expose the lender to a greater risk of credit loss than one-to-four family residential mortgage loans. The Bank’s increased emphasis on multi-family residential, commercial real estate and one-to-four family mixed-use property mortgage loans has increased the overall level of credit risk inherent in the Bank’s loan portfolio. The greater risk associated with multi-family residential, commercial real estate and one-to-four family mixed-use property mortgage loans could require the Bank to increase its provision for loan losses and to maintain an allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans in excess of the allowance currently maintained by the Bank. To date, the Bank has not experienced significant losses in its multi-family residential, commercial real estate and one-to-four family mixed-use property mortgage loan portfolios, and has determined that, at this time, additional provisions are not required.

                 The Bank’s mortgage loan portfolio consists of adjustable rate mortgage (“ARM”) loans and fixed-rate mortgage loans. Interest rates charged by the Bank on loans are affected primarily by the demand for such loans, the supply of money available for lending purposes, the rate offered by the Bank’s competitors and, in the case of corporate entities, the creditworthiness of the borrower. Many of those factors are, in turn, affected by regional and national economic conditions, and the fiscal, monetary and tax policies of the federal government.

                 In general, consumers show a preference for ARM loans in periods of high interest rates and for fixed-rate loans when interest rates are low. In periods of declining interest rates, the Bank may experience refinancing activity in ARM loans, as borrowers show a preference to lock-in the lower rates available on fixed-rate loans. In the case of ARM loans originated by the Bank, volume and adjustment periods are affected by the interest rates and other market factors as discussed above as well as consumer preferences. The Bank has not in the past, nor does it currently originate ARM loans that provide for negative amortization.

                 The Bank’s lending activities are subject to federal and state laws and regulations. See “— Regulation”.


3


                 The following table sets forth the composition of the Bank’s loan portfolio at the dates indicated.

 
At December 31,  
 
 
2004   2003   2002   2001   2000  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amount   Percent
of Total		   Amount   Percent
of Total		   Amount   Percent
of Total		   Amount   Percent
of Total 		  Amount   Percent
of Total 		 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)  
Mortgage Loans:                              
                                                   
                     
   Multi-family residential $ 646,922   42.61 % $ 541,837   42.53 % $ 452,663   38.54 % $ 369,651   34.45 % $ 334,307   33.68 %
                     
                                                   
   Commercial real estate   334,048   22.00     290,332   22.79     257,054   21.88     214,410   19.98     167,549   16.88  
                     
                                                   
   One-to-four family –                                                  
       mixed-use property   332,805   21.92     226,225   17.76     170,499   14.51     109,809   10.23     66,009   6.65  
                     
                                                   
   One-to-four family –                                                  
       residential(1)   151,737   10.00     178,474   14.01     262,944   22.38     351,992   32.81     401,775   40.48  
                     
                                                   
   Co-operative apartment (2)   3,132   0.21     3,729   0.29     5,205   0.44     6,601   0.62     8,009   0.81  
                     
                                                   
   Construction   31,460   2.07     23,622   1.85     17,827   1.52     13,807   1.29     8,304   0.84  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                     
        Gross mortgage loans   1,500,104   98.81     1,264,219   99.23     1,166,192   99.27     1,066,270   99.38     985,953   99.34  
                     
                                                   
Small Business Administration                                                  
  loans   5,633   0.37     4,931   0.39     4,301   0.37     3,911   0.36     2,844   0.29  
                     
                                                   
Commercial business and other loans   12,505   0.82     4,894   0.38     4,185   0.36     2,814   0.26     3,704   0.37  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                     
        Gross loans   1,518,242   100.00 %   1,274,044   100.00 %   1,174,678   100.00 %   1,072,995   100.00 %   992,501   100.00 %
     
     
     
     
     
 
                                                   
Unearned loan fees and deferred                                                  
  costs, net   4,798         2,030         1,463         787         579      
                     
                                                   
Less: Allowance for loan losses   (6,533 )       (6,553 )       (6,581 )       (6,585 )       (6,721 )    
 
     
     
     
     
     
                     
        Loans, net $ 1,516,507       $ 1,269,521       $ 1,169,560       $ 1,067,197       $ 986,359      
 
     
     
     
     
     
   
(1) One-to-four family residential mortgage loans also include home equity and condominium loans. At December 31, 2004, gross home equity loans totaled $13.3 million and condominium loans totaled $12.1 million.
 
(2) Consists of loans secured by shares representing interests in individual co-operative units that are generally owner occupied.

4


                 The following table sets forth the Bank’s loan originations (including the net effect of refinancings) and the changes in the Bank’s portfolio of loans, including purchases, sales and principal reductions for the years indicated:

 
     For the Year Ended December 31,     
 
 
  2004   2003   2002  
  (In thousands)    
Mortgage Loans                  
                 
At beginning of year $ 1,264,219   $ 1,166,192   $ 1,066,270  
                   
Mortgage loans originated:
     Multi-family residential   203,741     188,242     136,944  
     Commercial real estate   92,526     89,134     63,803  
     One-to-four family – mixed-use property   136,804     85,336     71,930  
     One-to-four family – residential   17,699     17,412     18,213  
     Co-operative apartment   302     35     354  
     Construction   25,923     18,884     13,825  
          Total mortgage loans originated   476,995     399,043     305,069  
 
Mortgage loans purchased:
     Commercial real estate   —     —     9,315  
     One-to-four family – mixed-use property   —     190     —  
     One-to-four family – residential   —     592     863  
          Total mortgage loans purchased   —     782     10,178  
 
Less:
     Principal reductions   233,327     288,916     214,125  
     Mortgage loan sales   7,783     12,882     1,200  
     Mortgage loan foreclosures   —     —     —  
At end of year $ 1,500,104   $ 1,264,219   $ 1,166,192  
 
SBA, Commercial Business and Other Loans  
                   
At beginning of year $ 9,825   $ 8,486   $ 6,725  
                   
Loans originated:
     SBA loans   4,781     5,626     5,408  
     Small business loans   11,642     2,561     2,030  
     Other loans   2,172     3,982     2,272  
          Total other loans originated   18,595     12,169     9,710  
 
Less:
     Sales   2,472     4,065     3,645  
     Repayments   7,794     6,650     4,298  
     Charge-offs   16     115     6  
At end of year $ 18,138   $ 9,825   $ 8,486  

5


                 Loan Maturity and Repricing. The following table shows the maturity of the Bank’s commercial mortgage loan, construction loan and non-mortgage loan portfolios at December 31, 2004. Scheduled repayments are shown in the maturity category in which the payments become due.

 
 
Commercial Mortgage Loans
   Construction   SBA   Commercial Business and Other   Total  
  (In thousands)  
                               
Amounts due within one year   $ 33,533   $ 24,416   $ 1,454   $ 5,931   $ 65,334  
Amounts due after one year:  
   One to two years     31,760     7,044     646     3,189     42,639  
   Two to three years     29,901     —     549     2,254     32,704  
   Three to five years     58,256     —     799     906     59,961  
   Over five years     180,598     —     2,185     225     183,008  
        Total due after one year     300,515     7,044     4,179     6,574     318,312  
Total amounts due   $ 334,048   $ 31,460   $ 5,633   $ 12,505   $ 383,646  
                     
Sensitivity of loans to changes in  
  interest rates – loans due  
  after one year:  
     Fixed rate loans   $ 91,476   $ 7,044   $ 46   $ 4,510   $ 103,076  
     Adjustable rate loans     209,039     —     4,133     2,064     215,236  
         Total loans due after one year   $ 300,515   $ 7,044   $ 4,179   $ 6,574   $ 318,312  
 

                 Multi-Family Residential Lending.  Loans secured by multi-family residential properties were $646.9 million, or 42.61% of gross loans, at December 31, 2004. The Bank’s multi-family residential mortgage loans had an average principal balance of $461,000 at December 31, 2004, and the largest multi-family residential mortgage loan held in the Bank’s portfolio had a principal balance of $12.8 million. The Bank offers both fixed-rate and adjustable rate multi-family residential mortgage loans, with maturities up to 30 years.

                 In underwriting multi-family residential mortgage loans, the Bank reviews the expected net operating income generated by the real estate collateral securing the loan, the age and condition of the collateral, the financial resources and income level of the borrower and the borrower’s experience in owning or managing similar properties. The Bank typically requires debt service coverage of at least 125% of the monthly loan payment. Multi-family residential mortgage loans generally are made up to 75% of the appraised value of the property securing the loan or the sale price of the property, whichever is less. The Bank generally obtains personal guarantees, when deemed appropriate, from these borrowers and typically orders an environmental report after an inspection has been made of the property securing the loan.

                 Loans secured by multi-family residential property generally involve a greater degree of risk than residential mortgage loans and carry larger loan balances. The increased credit risk is a result of several factors, including the concentration of principal in a smaller number of loans and borrowers, the effects of general economic conditions on income producing properties and the increased difficulty in evaluating and monitoring these types of loans. Furthermore, the repayment of loans secured by multi-family residential property is typically dependent upon the successful operation of the related property. If the cash flow from the property is reduced, the borrower’s ability to repay the loan may be impaired. Loans secured by multi-family residential property also may involve a greater degree of environmental risk. The Bank seeks to protect against this risk through obtaining an environmental report. See “—Asset Quality — REO”.

                 The Bank’s fixed-rate multi-family mortgage loans are originated for terms up to 30 years and are competitively priced based on market conditions and the Bank’s cost of funds. The Bank originated and purchased $23.9 million, $57.8 million and $63.3 million of fixed-rate multi-family mortgage loans in 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. At December 31, 2004, $180.3 million, or 27.9%, of the Bank’s multi-family mortgage loans consisted of fixed rate loans.


6


                 The Bank offers ARM loans with adjustment periods typically of five years and for terms of up to 30 years. Interest rates on ARM loans currently offered by the Bank are adjusted at the beginning of each adjustment period based upon a fixed spread above the FHLB-NY corresponding Regular Advance Rate or average yield on United States treasury securities, adjusted to a constant maturity which corresponds to the adjustment period of the loan (the “U.S. Treasury constant maturity index”) as published weekly by the Federal Reserve Board. From time to time, the Bank may originate ARM loans at an initial rate lower than the index as a result of a discount on the spread for the initial adjustment period. Multi-family adjustable-rate mortgage loans generally are not subject to limitations on interest rate increases either on an adjustment period or aggregate basis over the life of the loan. The Bank originated and purchased multi-family ARM loans totaling $179.8 million, $130.5 million and $73.6 million during 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. At December 31, 2004, $466.6 million, or 72.1%, of the Bank’s multi-family mortgage loans consisted of ARM loans.

                 Commercial Real Estate Lending.  Loans secured by commercial real estate were $334.0 million, or 22.00% of the Bank’s gross loans, at December 31, 2004. The Bank’s commercial real estate mortgage loans are secured by improved properties such as offices, motels, nursing homes, small business facilities, strip shopping centers, warehouses, and, to a lesser extent, religious facilities. At December 31, 2004, the Bank’s commercial real estate mortgage loans had an average principal balance of $741,000, and the largest of such loans, which was secured by a multi-tenant shopping center, had a principal balance of $12.1 million. Commercial real estate mortgage loans are generally originated in a range of $100,000 to $6.0 million. Commercial real estate mortgage loans are generally offered at adjustable rates tied to a market index for terms of five to 15 years, with adjustment periods from one to five years. Commercial real estate mortgage loans are also made at fixed interest rates for terms of seven, 10 or 15 years.

                 In underwriting commercial real estate mortgage loans, the Bank employs the same underwriting standards and procedures as are employed in underwriting multi-family residential mortgage loans.

                 Commercial real estate mortgage loans generally carry larger loan balances than one-to-four family residential mortgage loans and involve a greater degree of credit risk for the same reasons applicable to multi-family loans.

                 The Bank’s fixed-rate commercial mortgage loans are originated for terms up to 15 years and are competitively priced based on market conditions and the Bank’s cost of funds. The Bank originated and purchased $22.1 million, $37.0 million and $21.8 million of fixed-rate commercial mortgage loans in 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. At December 31, 2004, $94.5 million, or 28.3%, of the Bank’s commercial mortgage loans consisted of fixed rate loans.

                 The Bank offers ARM loans with adjustment periods of one to five years and for terms of up to 15 years. Interest rates on ARM loans currently offered by the Bank are adjusted at the beginning of each adjustment period based upon a fixed spread above the FHLB-NY corresponding Regular Advance Rate. From time to time, the Bank may originate ARM loans at an initial rate lower than the index as a result of a discount on the spread for the initial adjustment period. Commercial adjustable-rate mortgage loans generally are not subject to limitations on interest rate increases either on an adjustment period or aggregate basis over the life of the loan. The Bank originated and purchased commercial ARM loans totaling $70.5 million, $52.1 million and $51.3 million during 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. At December 31, 2004, $239.5 million, or 71.7%, of the Bank’s commercial mortgage loans consisted of ARM loans.

                 One-to-Four Family Mortgage Lending – Mixed-Use Properties. The Bank offers mortgage loans secured by one-to-four family mixed-use properties. These properties contain up to four residential dwelling units and a commercial unit. The Bank offers both fixed-rate and adjustable-rate one-to-four family mixed-use property mortgage loans with maturities of up to 30 years and a general maximum loan amount of $650,000. Loan originations generally result from applications received from mortgage brokers and mortgage bankers, existing or past customers, and persons who respond to Bank marketing efforts and referrals. One-to-four family mixed-use property mortgage loans were $332.8 million, or 21.92% of gross loans, at December 31, 2004.

                 During the three-year period ended December 31, 2004, the Bank focused its origination efforts with respect to one-to-four family mortgage loans on mixed-use properties. The primary income-producing units of these properties are the residential dwelling units. One-to-four family mixed-use property mortgage loans generally have a higher interest rate than residential mortgage loans. One-to-four family mixed-use property mortgage loans also


7


have a higher degree of risk than residential mortgage loans, as repayment of the loan is usually dependent on the income produced from renting the residential units and the commercial unit. At December 31, 2004, one-to-four family mixed-use property mortgage loans amounted to $332.8 million, as compared to $226.2 million at December 31, 2003, $170.5 million at December 31, 2002, and $109.8 million at December 31, 2001, representing an increase of $223.0 million during the three-year period.

                 In underwriting one-to-four family mixed-use property mortgage loans, the Bank employs the same underwriting standards and procedures as are employed in underwriting multi-family residential mortgage loans.

                 The Bank’s fixed-rate one-to-four family mixed-use property mortgage loans typically are originated for a term of 15 years and are competitively priced based on market conditions and the Bank’s cost of funds. The Bank originated and purchased $21.8 million, $26.7 million and $28.1 million of 15-year fixed-rate one-to-four family mixed-use property mortgage loans in 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. At December 31, 2004, $108.2 million, or 32.5%, of the Bank’s one-to-four family mixed-use property mortgage loans consisted of fixed rate loans.

                 The Bank offers ARM loans with adjustment periods typically of five years and for terms of up to 30 years. Interest rates on ARM loans currently offered by the Bank are adjusted at the beginning of each adjustment period based upon a fixed spread above the average yield on United States treasury securities, adjusted to the U.S. Treasury constant maturity index as published weekly by the Federal Reserve Board. From time to time, the Bank may originate ARM loans at an initial rate lower than the U.S. Treasury constant maturity index as a result of a discount on the spread for the initial adjustment period. One-to-four family mixed-use property adjustable-rate mortgage loans generally are not subject to limitations on interest rate increases either on an adjustment period or aggregate basis over the life of the loan. The Bank originated and purchased one-to-four family mixed-use property ARM loans totaling $114.4 million, $58.8 million and $43.8 million during 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. At December 31, 2004, $224.7 million, or 67.5%, of the Bank’s one-to-four family mixed-use property mortgage loans consisted of ARM loans.

                 One-to-Four Family Mortgage Lending – Residential Properties. The Bank offers mortgage loans secured by one-to-four family residential properties, including townhouses and condominium units. For purposes of the description contained in this section, one-to-four family residential mortgage loans and co-operative apartment loans are collectively referred to herein as “residential mortgage loans”. The Bank offers both fixed-rate and adjustable-rate residential mortgage loans with maturities of up to 30 years and a general maximum loan amount of $650,000. Loan originations generally result from applications received from mortgage brokers and mortgage bankers, existing or past customers, and referrals. Residential mortgage loans were $154.9 million, or 10.21% of gross loans, at December 31, 2004.

                 During the three-year period ended December 31, 2004, interest rates on residential mortgage loans declined, and, at times, were at their lowest levels in over 40 years. These interest rates remained low at December 31, 2004. As a result of the low interest rates available, the Bank’s existing borrowers have been refinancing their higher costing residential mortgage loans at the current lower rates. The Bank did not actively pursue this refinancing market, but instead focused on higher yielding mortgage loan products. As a result, the Bank’s portfolio of residential mortgage loans has declined over the three-year period.

                 The Bank generally originates residential mortgage loans in amounts up to 80% of the appraised value or the sale price, whichever is less. The Bank may make residential mortgage loans with loan-to-value ratios of up to 95% of the appraised value of the mortgaged property; however, private mortgage insurance is required whenever loan-to-value ratios exceed 80% of the appraised value of the property securing the loan.

                 The Bank originates residential mortgage loans to self-employed individuals within the Bank’s local community without verification of the borrower’s level of income, provided that the borrower’s stated income is considered reasonable for the borrower’s type of business. These loans involve a higher degree of risk as compared to the Bank’s other fully underwritten residential mortgage loans as there is a greater opportunity for self-employed borrowers to falsify or overstate their level of income and ability to service indebtedness. This risk is mitigated by the Bank’s policy to limit the amount of one-to-four family residential mortgage loans to 80% of the appraised value of the property or the sale price, whichever is less. The Bank believes that its willingness to make such loans is an aspect of its commitment to be a community-oriented bank. The Bank originated $2.1 million, $3.4 million and $5.2 million in loans of this type during 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.


8


                 The Bank’s fixed-rate residential mortgage loans typically are originated for terms of 15 and 30 years and are competitively priced based on market conditions and the Bank’s cost of funds. The Bank originated and purchased $3.6 million, $2.7 million and $7.8 million of 15-year fixed-rate residential mortgage loans in 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. The Bank also originated and purchased $4.1 million and $1.5 million of 30-year fixed rate residential mortgage loans in 2003 and 2002, respectively. The Bank did not originate or purchase any 30-year fixed rate residential mortgage loans in 2004. These loans have been retained to provide flexibility in the management of the Company’s interest rate sensitivity position. At December 31, 2004, $95.1 million, or 61.4%, of the Bank’s residential mortgage loans consisted of fixed rate loans.

                 The Bank offers ARM loans with adjustment periods of one, three, five, seven or ten years. Interest rates on ARM loans currently offered by the Bank are adjusted at the beginning of each adjustment period based upon a fixed spread above the average yield on United States treasury securities, adjusted to the U.S. Treasury constant maturity index as published weekly by the Federal Reserve Board. From time to time, the Bank may originate ARM loans at an initial rate lower than the U.S. Treasury constant maturity index as a result of a discount on the spread for the initial adjustment period. ARM loans generally are subject to limitations on interest rate increases of 2% per adjustment period and an aggregate adjustment of 6% over the life of the loan. The Bank originated and purchased adjustable rate residential mortgage loans totaling $14.4 million, $11.3 million and $10.2 million during 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. At December 31, 2004, $59.8 million, or 38.6%, of the Bank’s residential mortgage loans consisted of ARM loans.

                 The retention of ARM loans in the Bank’s portfolio helps reduce the Bank’s exposure to interest rate risks. However, in an environment of rapidly increasing interest rates, it is possible for the interest rate increase to exceed the maximum aggregate adjustment on one-to-four family residential ARM loans and negatively affect the spread between the Bank’s interest income and its cost of funds.

                 ARM loans generally involve credit risks different from those inherent in fixed-rate loans, primarily because if interest rates rise, the underlying payments of the borrower rise, thereby increasing the potential for default. However, this potential risk is lessened by the Bank’s policy of originating one-to-four family residential ARM loans with annual and lifetime interest rate caps that limit the increase of a borrower’s monthly payment.

                 Home equity loans are included in the Bank’s portfolio of residential mortgage loans. These loans are offered as adjustable-rate “home equity lines of credit” on which interest only is due for an initial term of 10 years and thereafter principal and interest payments sufficient to liquidate the loan are required for the remaining term, not to exceed 20 years. These loans also may be offered as fully amortizing closed-end fixed-rate loans for terms up to 15 years. All home equity loans are made on one-to-four family residential and condominium units, which are owner-occupied, and are subject to an 80% loan-to-value ratio computed on the basis of the aggregate of the first mortgage loan amount outstanding and the proposed home equity loan. They are generally granted in amounts from $25,000 to $300,000. The Loan Committee approves loans in excess of $300,000. The underwriting standards for home equity loans are substantially the same as those for residential mortgage loans. At December 31, 2004, home equity loans totaled $13.3 million, or 0.88%, of gross loans.

                 Construction Loans.  The Bank’s construction loans primarily have been made to finance the construction of one-to-four family residential properties and multi-family residential properties. The Bank also, to a limited extent, finances the construction of commercial real estate. The Bank’s policies provide that construction loans may be made in amounts up to 65% of the estimated value of the developed property and only if the Bank obtains a first lien position on the underlying real estate. In addition, the Bank generally requires firm end-loan commitments, either from the Bank or another financial institution, and personal guarantees on all construction loans. Construction loans are generally made with terms of two years or less. Advances are made as construction progresses and inspection warrants, subject to continued title searches to ensure that the Bank maintains a first lien position. Construction loans outstanding at December 31, 2004 totaled $31.5 million, or 2.07% of gross loans.

                 Construction loans involve a greater degree of risk than other loans because, among other things, the underwriting of such loans is based on an estimated value of the developed property, which can be difficult to ascertain in light of uncertainties inherent in such estimations. In addition, construction lending entails the risk that the project may not be completed due to cost overruns or changes in market conditions.

                 Small Business Administration Lending. These loans are extended to small businesses and are guaranteed by the SBA to a maximum of 85% of the loan balance for loans with balances of $150,000 or less, and to a


9


maximum of 75% of the loan balance for loans with balances greater than $150,000. The maximum amount the SBA can guarantee is $750,000. All SBA loans are underwritten in accordance with SBA Standard Operating Procedures and the Bank generally obtains personal guarantees and collateral, where applicable, from SBA borrowers. Typically, SBA loans are originated at a range of $50,000 to $1.0 million with terms ranging from three to 25 years. SBA loans are generally offered at adjustable rates tied to the prime rate (as published in the Wall Street Journal) with adjustment periods of one to three months. The Bank generally sells the guaranteed portion of the SBA loan in the secondary market and retains the servicing rights on these loans, collecting a servicing fee of approximately 1%. At December 31, 2004, SBA loans totaled $5.6 million, representing 0.37% of gross loans.

                 Commercial Business and Other Lending.  The Bank originates other loans for business, personal, or household purposes. Total commercial business and other loans outstanding at December 31, 2004 amounted to $12.5 million, or 0.82% of gross loans. Business loans are personally guaranteed by the owners, and may also be secured by additional collateral, including equipment and inventory. The maximum loan size for a business loan is $500,000, with a maximum term of seven years. Consumer loans generally consist of passbook loans and overdraft lines of credit. Generally, unsecured consumer loans are limited to amounts of $5,000 or less for terms of up to five years. The Bank offers credit cards to its customers through a third party financial institution and receives an origination fee and transactional fees for processing such accounts, but does not underwrite or finance any portion of the credit card receivables.

                 The underwriting standards employed by the Bank for consumer and other loans include a determination of the applicant’s payment history on other debts and assessment of the applicant’s ability to meet payments on all of his or her obligations. In addition to the creditworthiness of the applicant, the underwriting process also includes a comparison of the value of the collateral, if any, to the proposed loan amount. Unsecured loans tend to have higher risk, and therefore command a higher interest rate.

                 Loan Approval Procedures and Authority.  The Bank’s Board-approved lending policies establish loan approval requirements for its various types of loan products. The Bank’s Residential Mortgage Lending Policy (which applies to all one-to-four family mortgage loans, including residential and mixed-use property) establishes authorized levels of approval. One-to-four family mortgage loans that do not exceed $500,000 require two signatures for approval, one of which must be from the President, Executive Vice President or a Senior Vice President (collectively, “Authorized Officers”) and the other from a Senior Underwriter, Manager, Underwriter or Junior Underwriter in the Residential Mortgage Loan Department (collectively, “Loan Officers”). For one-to-four family mortgage loans greater than $500,000, three signatures are required for approval, at least two of which must be from the Authorized Officers, and the other one may be a Loan Officer. The Loan Committee, the Executive Committee or the full Board of Directors also must approve one-to-four family mortgage loans in excess of $650,000. Pursuant to the Bank’s Commercial Real Estate Lending Policy, all loans secured by commercial real estate and multi-family residential properties, must be approved by the President or the Executive Vice President upon the recommendation of the Commercial Loan Department Officer. Such loans in excess of $700,000 also require Loan or Executive Committee or Board approval. In accordance with the Bank’s Business Loan Policy, all business loans up to $50,000, and SBA loans up to $500,000, must be approved by the Business Loan Committee, and by the Management Loan Committee. Business loans in excess of $50,000 up to $500,000, and SBA loans in excess of $500,000 up to $1,500,000, must be approved by the Management Loan Committee and the Loan Committee of the Bank’s Board of Directors. Commercial business and other loans require two signatures for approval, one of which must be from an Authorized Officer. The Bank’s Construction Loan Policy requires that the Loan or Executive Committee or the Board of Directors of the Bank must approve all construction loans. Any loan, regardless of type, that deviates from the Bank’s written loan policies must be approved by the Loan or Executive Committee or the Bank’s Board of Directors.

                 For all loans originated by the Bank, upon receipt of a completed loan application, a credit report is ordered and certain other financial information is obtained. An appraisal of the real estate intended to secure the proposed loan is required. An independent appraiser designated and approved by the Bank currently performs such appraisals. The Bank’s staff appraiser reviews the appraisals. The Bank’s Board of Directors annually approves the independent appraisers used by the Bank and approves the Bank’s appraisal policy. It is the Bank’s policy to require borrowers to obtain title insurance and hazard insurance on all real estate first mortgage loans prior to closing. Borrowers generally are required to advance funds on a monthly basis together with each payment of principal and interest to a mortgage escrow account from which the Bank makes disbursements for items such as real estate taxes and, in some cases, hazard insurance premiums.


10


                 Loan Concentrations.  The maximum amount of credit that the Bank can extend to any single borrower or related group of borrowers generally is limited to 15% of the Bank’s unimpaired capital and surplus. Applicable law and regulations permit an additional amount of credit to be extended, equal to 10% of unimpaired capital and surplus, if the loan is secured by readily marketable collateral, which generally does not include real estate. See “Regulation”. However, it is currently the Bank’s policy not to extend such additional credit. At December 31, 2004, the Bank had no loans in excess of the maximum dollar amount of loans to one borrower that the Bank was authorized to make. At that date, the three largest concentrations of loans to one borrower consisted of loans secured by a combination of commercial real estate and multi-family income producing properties with an aggregate principal balance of $20.0 million, $19.2 million and $14.2 million for each of the three borrowers, respectively.

                 Loan Servicing.   At December 31, 2004, the Bank was servicing $13.0 million of mortgage loans and $11.0 million of SBA loans for others. The Bank’s policy is to retain the servicing rights to the mortgage and SBA loans that it sells in the secondary market. In order to increase revenue, management intends to continue this policy.

Asset Quality

                 Loan Collection.  When a borrower fails to make a required payment on a loan, the Bank takes a number of steps to induce the borrower to cure the delinquency and restore the loan to current status.

                 In the case of mortgage loans, we personally contact the borrower after the loan becomes 30 days delinquent. At that time we attempt to make arrangements with the borrower to either bring the loan to current status or begin making payments according to an agreed upon schedule. For the majority of delinquent loans, the borrower is able to bring the loan current within a reasonable time. When the borrower has indicated that he/she will be unable to bring the loan current, or due to other circumstances which, in our opinion, indicate the borrower will be unable to bring the loan current within a reasonable time, or if we deem the collateral value to have been impaired, we classify the loan as non-performing. All loans classified as non-performing, which includes all loans past due ninety days or more, are classified as non-accrual unless there is, in management’s opinion, compelling evidence the borrower will bring the loan current in the immediate future.

                 Each non-performing loan is reviewed on an individual basis. Upon classifying a loan as non-performing, we review available information and conditions that relate to the status of the loan, including the estimated value of the loan’s collateral and any legal considerations that may affect the borrower’s ability to continue to make payments to the Bank. We then decide, based upon the available information, if we will consider the sale of the loan or retention of the loan. If we retain the loan, we may continue to work with the borrower to collect the amounts due or start foreclosure proceedings. If a foreclosure action is instituted and the loan is not brought current, paid in full, or refinanced before the foreclosure sale, the real property securing the loan generally is sold at foreclosure or by the Bank as soon thereafter as practicable.

                 Once we decide to sell a loan, we determine what we would consider to be adequate consideration to be obtained when that loan is sold, based on the facts and circumstances related to that loan. We will then contact investors and brokers, seeking interest in purchasing the loan. We have been successful in finding buyers for our non-performing loans offered for sale that are willing to pay what we consider to be adequate consideration. Terms of the sale include cash due upon closing of the sale, no contingencies or recourse to the Bank, servicing is released to the buyer and time is of the essence. These sales usually close within a reasonably short time period

                 We implemented this strategy of selling non-performing loans during 2003. This has allowed the Bank to optimize its return by quickly converting its non-performing loans to cash, which can then be reinvested in earning assets. This strategy also allows the Bank to avoid lengthy and costly legal proceedings that may occur with non-performing loans. The Bank sold eleven delinquent mortgage loans totaling $4.3 million and sixteen delinquent mortgage loans totaling $6.1 million during the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The Bank did not realize a gain or loss on any of these mortgage loan sales. There can be no assurances that the Bank will continue this strategy in future periods, or if continued, we will be able to find buyers to pay adequate consideration.

                 On mortgage loans or loan participations purchased by the Bank, for which the seller retains the servicing rights, the Bank receives monthly reports with which it monitors the loan portfolio. Based upon servicing agreements with the servicers of the loans, the Bank relies upon the servicer to contact delinquent borrowers, collect delinquent amounts and initiate foreclosure proceedings, when necessary, all in accordance with applicable laws, regulations and the terms of the servicing agreements between the Bank and its servicing agents. At December 31, 2004, the Bank held $0.4 million of loans that were serviced by others.


11


                 In the case of commercial business or other loans, the Bank generally sends the borrower a written notice of non-payment when the loan is first past due. In the event payment is not then received, additional letters and phone calls generally are made in order to encourage the borrower to meet with a representative of the Bank to discuss the delinquency. If the loan still is not brought current and it becomes necessary for the Bank to take legal action, which typically occurs after a loan is delinquent 45 days or more, the Bank may attempt to repossess personal or business property that secures an SBA loan, commercial business loan or consumer loan.

                 Delinquent Loans and Non-performing Assets. The Bank generally discontinues accruing interest on delinquent loans when a loan is 90 days past due or foreclosure proceedings have been commenced, whichever first occurs. At that time, previously accrued but uncollected interest is reversed from income. Loans in default 90 days or more as to their maturity date but not their payments, however, continue to accrue interest as long as the borrower continues to remit monthly payments.

                 The following table sets forth information regarding all non-accrual loans and loans which are 90 days or more delinquent and still accruing, at the dates indicated. During the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, the amounts of additional interest income that would have been recorded on non-accrual loans, had they been current, totaled $50,000, $34,000 and $222,000, respectively. These amounts were not included in the Bank’s interest income for the respective periods.

 
  At December 31,  
 
 
  2004     2003   2002     2001     2000  
  (Dollars in thousands)  
Non-accrual loans:                    
Multi-family residential   —     —     —   $ 225   $ 156  
Commercial real estate   —     —   $ 2,537     —     —  
One-to-four family – mixed-use property   —     —     —     309     188  
One-to-four family – residential $ 659   $ 525     816     1,649     1,148  
Co-operative apartment   —     —     20     20     —  
Construction   —     —     —     —     —  
          Total non-accrual mortgage loans   659     525     3,373     2,203     1,492  
Other non-accrual loans   252     157     219     117     126  
          Total non-accrual loans   911     682     3,592     2,320     1,618  
Loans 90 days or more delinquent  
     and still accruing   —     —     —     —     —  
          Total non-performing loans   911     682     3,592     2,320     1,618  
Foreclosed real estate   —     —     —     93     44  
Investment securities   —     —     700     —     —  
          Total non-performing assets $ 911   $ 682   $ 4,292   $ 2,413   $ 1,662  
                     
Troubled debt restructurings   —     —     —     —     —  
                     
Non-performing loans to gross loans   0.06 %   0.05 %   0.31 %   0.22 %   0.16 %
Non-performing assets to total assets   0.04 %   0.04 %   0.26 %   0.16 %   0.12 %
 

                 Real Estate Owned (REO). The Bank aggressively markets any REO properties, when and if, they are acquired through foreclosure. At December 31, 2004, the Bank did not own any such properties.

                 Environmental Concerns Relating to Loans. The Bank currently obtains environmental reports in connection with the underwriting of commercial real estate loans, and typically obtains environmental reports in connection with the underwriting of multi-family loans. For all other loans, the Bank obtains environmental reports only if the nature of the current or, to the extent known to the Bank, prior use of the property securing the loan indicates a potential environmental risk. However, the Bank may not be aware of such uses or risks in any particular case, and, accordingly, there is no assurance that real estate acquired by the Bank in foreclosure is free from environmental contamination or that, if any such contamination or other violation exists, the Bank will not have any liability therefor.


12


Allowance for Loan Losses

                 The Bank has established and maintains on its books an allowance for loan losses that is designed to provide reserves for estimated losses inherent in the Bank’s overall loan portfolio. The allowance is established through a provision for loan losses based on management’s evaluation of the risk inherent in the various components of its loan portfolio and other factors, including historical loan loss experience, changes in the composition and volume of the portfolio, collection policies and experiences, trends in the volume of non-accrual loans and regional and national economic conditions. Management reviews the quality of loans and reports to the Loan Committee of the Board of Directors on a monthly basis. The determination of the amount of the allowance for loan losses includes estimates that are susceptible to significant changes due to changes in appraised values of collateral, national and regional economic conditions and other factors. In connection with the determination of the allowance, the market value of collateral ordinarily is evaluated by the Bank’s staff appraiser; however, the Bank may from time to time obtain independent appraisals for significant properties. Current year charge-offs, charge-off trends, new loan production and current balance by particular loan categories also are taken into account in determining the appropriate amount of the allowance.

                 The determination of the amount of the allowance for loan losses includes a review of loans on which full collectibility is not reasonably assured. The primary risk element considered by management with respect to each one-to-four family residential, co-operative apartment, SBA, commercial business and consumer loan is any current delinquency on the loan. The primary risk elements considered with respect to commercial real estate, multi-family residential and one-to-four family mixed-use property mortgage loans are the financial condition of the borrower, the sufficiency of the collateral (including changes in the value of the collateral) and the record of payment.

                 In assessing the adequacy of the allowance, management also reviews the Bank’s loan portfolio by separate categories which have similar risk and collateral characteristics; e.g. multi-family residential, commercial real estate, one-to-four family mixed-use property, one-to-four family residential, co-operative apartment, SBA, commercial business and consumer loans. General provisions are established against performing loans in the Bank’s portfolio in amounts deemed prudent from time to time based on the Bank’s qualitative analysis of the factors, including the historical loss experience and regional economic conditions. During the five-year period ended December 31, 2004, the Bank incurred total net charge-offs of $285,000. This reflects a significant improvement over the loss experience of the 1990s. In addition, the regional economy has improved since 2001, including significant increases in real estate values. As a result of these improvements, and despite the increase in the loan portfolio and shift to loans with greater risk, the Bank has not considered it necessary to provide a provision for loan losses during any of the years in the five-year period ended December 31, 2004. Management has concluded that, during this time period, the allowance was sufficient to absorb losses inherent in the loan portfolio.

                 The Bank’s determination as to the classification of its assets and the amount of its valuation allowances is subject to review by the OTS and the FDIC, which can require the establishment of additional general allowances or specific loss allowances or require charge-offs. Such authorities may require the Bank to make additional provisions to the allowance based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination. An OTS policy statement provides guidance for OTS examiners in determining whether the levels of general valuation allowances for savings institutions are adequate. The policy statement requires that if a savings institution’s general valuation allowance policies and procedures are deemed to be inadequate, the general valuation allowance would be compared to certain ranges of general valuation allowances deemed acceptable by the OTS depending in part on the savings institution’s level of classified assets.

                 Management of the Bank believes that the current allowance for loan losses is adequate in light of current economic conditions, the composition of its loan portfolio and other available information and the Board of Directors concurs in this belief. Accordingly, the Bank did not record a provision for loan losses for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002. At December 31, 2004, the total allowance for loan losses was $6.5 million, representing 717.29% of each of non-performing loans and non-performing assets, compared to 960.86% for both of these ratios at December 31, 2003. The Bank continues to monitor and, as necessary, modify the level of its allowance for loan losses in order to maintain the allowance at a level which management considers adequate to provide for probable loan losses based on available information.

                 Many factors may require additions to the allowance for loan losses in future periods beyond those currently revealed. These factors include future adverse changes in economic conditions, changes in interest rates and changes in the financial capacity of individual borrowers (any of which may affect the ability of borrowers to


13


make repayments on loans), changes in the real estate market within the Bank’s lending area and the value of collateral, or a review and evaluation of the Bank’s loan portfolio in the future. The determination of the amount of the allowance for loan losses includes estimates that are susceptible to significant changes due to changes in appraised values of collateral, national and regional economic conditions, interest rates and other factors. In addition, the Bank’s increased emphasis on multi-family residential, commercial real estate and one-to-four family mixed-use property mortgage loans can be expected to increase the overall level of credit risk inherent in the Bank’s loan portfolio. The greater risk associated with these loans, as well as construction loans, could require the Bank to increase its provisions for loan losses and to maintain an allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans that is in excess of the allowance currently maintained by the Bank. Provisions for loan losses are charged against net income. See “—Lending Activities” and “—Asset Quality”.

                 The following table sets forth changes in, and the balance of, the Bank’s allowance for loan losses at and for the dates indicated.

 
At and For the Year Ended December 31,  
 
 
2004   2003   2002   2001   2000  
(Dollars in thousands)  
                               
Balance at beginning of year $ 6,553   $ 6,581   $ 6,585   $ 6,721   $ 6,818  
Provision for loan losses   —     —     —     —     —  
Loans charged-off:  
     Multi-family residential   —     —     —     (2 )   (2 )
     Commercial real estate   —     —     —     —     —  
     One-to-four family – mixed-use property   —     —     —     —     —  
     One-to-four family – residential   —     —     —     (1 )   (4 )
     Co-operative apartment   —     —     —     —     —  
     Construction   —     —     —     —     —  
     Other   (28 )   (155 )   (12 )   (146 )   (93 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
          Total loans charged-off   (28 )   (155 )   (12 )   (149 )   (99 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
Recoveries:
     Mortgage loans   3     125     3     6     —  
     Other loans   5     2     5     7     2  
 
 
 
 
 
 
          Total recoveries   8     127     8     13     2  
 
 
 
 
 
 
                Net charge-offs   (20 )   (28 )   (4 )   (136 )   (97 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at end of year $ 6,533   $ 6,553   $ 6,581   $ 6,585   $ 6,721  
 
 
 
 
 
 
                     
Ratio of net charge-offs during the year
   to average loans outstanding during the year   0.00 %   0.00 %   0.00 %   0.01 %   0.01 %
Ratio of allowance for loan losses to
   gross loans at end of the year   0.43 %   0.51 %   0.56 %   0.61 %   0.68 %
Ratio of allowance for loan losses to
   non-performing loans at the end of year   717.29 %   960.86 %   183.23 %   283.85 %   415.32 %
Ratio of allowance for loan losses to
   non-performing assets at the end of year   717.29 %   960.86 %   153.34 %   272.94 %   404.28 %

14


                 The following table sets forth the Bank’s allocation of its allowance for loan losses to the total amount of loans in each of the categories listed at the dates indicated. The numbers contained in the “Amount” column indicate the allowance for loan losses allocated for each particular loan category. The numbers contained in the column entitled “Percentage of Loans in Category to Total Loans” indicate the total amount of loans in each particular category as a percentage of the Bank’s loan portfolio.

 
      At December 31,  
     
      2004   2003   2002   2001   2000  
      
 
 
 
 
 
Loan Category
 Amount   Percentage
of Loans in
Category to
Total Loans 		  Amount   Percentage
of Loans in
Category to
Total Loans 		  Amount   Percentage
of Loans in
Category to
Total Loans		   Amount   Percentage
of Loans in
Category to
Total Loans		   Amount   Percentage
of Loans in
Category to
Total Loans		  
(Dollars in thousands)  
Mortgage Loans:                                            
                     
     Multi-family residential     $ 1,010     42.61 % $ 1,251     42.53 % $ 1,286     38.54 % $ 982     34.45 % $ 1,134     33.68 %
                     
     Commercial real estate       1,715     22.00     2,740     22.79     2,807     21.88     3,007     19.98     2,983     16.88  
                     
     One-to-four family –    
        mixed-use property       1,494     21.92     803     17.76     550     14.51     431     10.23     283     6.65  
                     
     One-to-four family –    
        residential       718     10.00     684     14.01     965     22.38     1,439     32.81     1,633     40.48  
                     
     Co-operative apartment       207     0.21     127     0.29     119     0.44     109     0.62     126     0.81  
                     
     Construction       55     2.07     56     1.85     52     1.52     34     1.29     27     0.84  
      
 
 
 
 
 
          Total mortgage loans       5,199     98.81     5,661     99.23     5,779     99.27     6,002     99.38     6,186     99.34  
                     
Small Business Administration loans       663     0.37     553     0.39     499     0.37     418     0.36     295     0.29  
                     
Commercial business and other loans       671     0.82     339     0.38     303     0.36     165     0.26     240     0.37  
      
 
 
 
 
 
          Total loans     $ 6,533     100.00 % $ 6,553     100.00 % $ 6,581     100.00 % $ 6,585     100.00 % $ 6,721     100.00 %
      
 
 
 
 
 

15


Investment Activities

                 General.  The investment policy of the Company, which is approved by the Board of Directors, is designed primarily to manage the interest rate sensitivity of its overall assets and liabilities, to generate a favorable return without incurring undue interest rate and credit risk, to complement the Bank’s lending activities and to provide and maintain liquidity. In establishing its investment strategies, the Company considers its business and growth strategies, the economic environment, its interest rate risk exposure, its interest rate sensitivity “gap” position, the types of securities to be held, and other factors. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Overview—Management Strategy” in Item 7 of this Annual Report.

                 Federally chartered savings institutions have authority to invest in various types of assets, including U.S. government obligations, securities of various federal agencies, mortgage-backed and mortgage-related securities, certain certificates of deposit of insured banks and savings institutions, certain bankers acceptances, reverse repurchase agreements, loans of federal funds, and, subject to certain limits, corporate securities, commercial paper and mutual funds. The Company primarily invests in mortgage-backed securities issued by, or backed by underlying securities which were issued by, FNMA, GNMA and FHLMC, U. S. government obligations, and mutual funds which purchase these same instruments. These types of investments are generally viewed by the investment community as having a limited credit risk.

                 The Investment Committee of the Bank and the Company meets quarterly to monitor investment transactions and to establish investment strategy. The Board of Directors reviews the investment policy on an annual basis and investment activity on a monthly basis.

                 The Company classifies its investment securities as available for sale. Unrealized gains and losses (other than unrealized losses considered other than temporary) for available-for-sale securities are excluded from earnings and included in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (a separate component of equity), net of taxes. At December 31, 2004, the Company had $435.7 million in securities available for sale which represented 21.17% of total assets. These securities had an aggregate market value at December 31, 2004 that was approximately 2.7 times the amount of the Company’s equity at that date. The cumulative balance of unrealized net losses on securities available for sale was $0.7 million, net of taxes, at December 31, 2004. As a result of the magnitude of the Company’s holdings of securities available for sale, changes in interest rates could produce significant changes in the value of such securities and could produce significant fluctuations in the equity of the Company. See Note 5 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Item 8 of this Annual Report. The Company may from time to time sell securities and realize a loss if the proceeds of such sale may be reinvested in loans or other assets offering more attractive yields.

                 At December 31, 2004, the Company’s investment in Shay Assets Management, Inc. mutual funds was $20.6 million, or 12.8% of the Company’s equity. There are no other issuer’s securities, excluding government agencies, that either alone, or together with any investments in the securities of any affiliate(s) of such issuer, exceeded 10% of the Company’s equity.


16


                 The table below sets forth certain information regarding the amortized cost and market values of the Company’s and Bank’s securities portfolio, interest bearing deposits and federal funds, at the dates indicated. Securities available for sale are recorded at market value. See Note 5 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Item 8 of this Annual Report.

 
At December 31,  
 
 
2004   2003   2002  
 
 
 
 
  Amortized
Cost		   Market
Value		   Amortized
Cost		   Market
Value		   Amortized
Cost		   Market
Value		  
 
 
 
 
   
( In thousands)
  
Securities available for sale                        
Bonds and other debt securities:
    U.S. government and agencies $ 12,866   $ 12,868   $ 27,621   $ 27,784   $ 15,376   $ 15,609  
    Corporate debentures   —     —     1,000     1,035     1,700     2,252  
 
 
 
 
         Total bonds and other securities   12,866     12,868     28,621     28,819     17,076     17,861  
 
 
 
 
Mutual funds   20,600     20,352     20,003     19,873     19,535     19,412  
 
 
 
 
Equity securities:    
    Common stock   779     1,416     243     1,384     243     862  
    Preferred stock   5,600     5,480     6,211     6,240     1,610     1,594  
 
 
 
 
        Total equity securities   6,379     6,896     6,454     7,624     1,853     2,456  
 
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities:  
    GNMA   12,043     12,714     22,901     24,079     94,302     97,529  
    FNMA   217,278     215,657     256,705     255,858     114,103     116,983  
    FHLMC   78,453     78,094     95,794     95,524     46,468     47,153  
    REMIC and CMO   89,416     89,164     103,838     103,932     57,049     57,590  
 
 
 
 
        Total mortgage-backed securities   397,190     395,629     479,238     479,393     311,922     319,255  
 
 
 
 
             
Total securities available for sale   437,035     435,745     534,316     535,709     350,386     358,984  
 
 
 
 
Interest-bearing deposits and
    Federal funds sold   1,186     1,186     6,927     6,927     34,785     34,785  
 
 
 
 
Total $ 438,221   $ 436,931   $ 541,243   $ 542,636   $ 385,171   $ 393,769  
 
 
 
 
 

                 Mortgage-backed securities. At December 31, 2004, the Company had $397.2 million invested in mortgage-backed securities, of which $68.9 million was invested in adjustable-rate mortgage-backed securities. The mortgage loans underlying these adjustable-rate securities generally are subject to limitations on annual and lifetime interest rate increases. The Company anticipates that investments in mortgage-backed securities may continue to be used in the future to supplement mortgage-lending activities. Mortgage-backed securities are more liquid than individual mortgage loans and may be used more easily to collateralize obligations of the Bank.


17


                 The following table sets forth the Company’s mortgage-backed securities purchases, sales and principal repayments for the years indicated:

 
For the Year Ended December 31,  
 
 
2004   2003   2002  
 
 
 
 
(In thousands)  
At beginning of year $ 479,393   $ 319,255   $ 243,058  
                   
Purchases of mortgage-backed securities   53,649     396,742     227,309  
                   
Amortization of unearned premium, net of  
    accretion of unearned discount   (1,851 )   (2,976 )   (1,693 )
                   
Net change in unrealized gains (losses) on  
    mortgage-backed securities available for sale   (1,716 )   (7,178 )   4,692  
                   
Sales of mortgage-backed securities   (15,634 )   (36,027 )   (15,768 )
                   
Principal repayments received on
    mortgage-backed securities   (118,212 )   (190,423 )   (138,343 )
             
    Net (decrease) increase in mortgage-backed securities   (83,764 )   160,138     76,197  
             
At end of year $ 395,629   $ 479,393   $ 319,255  
 

                 While mortgage-backed securities carry a reduced credit risk as compared to whole loans, such securities remain subject to the risk that a fluctuating interest rate environment, along with other factors such as the geographic distribution of the underlying mortgage loans, may alter the prepayment rate of such mortgage loans and so affect both the prepayment speed and value of such securities. The Company does not own any derivative instruments that are extremely sensitive to changes in interest rates.


18


                 The table below sets forth certain information regarding the amortized cost, estimated fair value, annualized weighted average yields and maturities of the Company’s debt and equity securities at December 31, 2004. The stratification of balances is based on stated maturities. Equity securities are shown as immediately maturing, except for preferred stocks with stated redemption dates, which are shown in the period they are scheduled to be redeemed. Assumptions for repayments and prepayments are not reflected for mortgage-backed securities. The Company carries these investments at their estimated fair value in the consolidated financial statements.

 
  One Year or Less   One to Five
Years		   Five to Ten
Years		   More than Ten
Years
     Total Securities
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
  Amortized
Cost		   Weighted
Average
Yield		   Amortized
Cost		   Weighted
Average
Yield		   Amortized
Cost		   Weighted
Average
Yield		   Amortized
Cost		   Weighted
Average
Yield		     Average
Remaining
Years to
Maturity 		  Amortized
Cost		   Estimated
Fair Value
   Weighted
Average
Yield		  
 
 
 
 
   
 
(Dollars in thousands)  
Securities available for sale                                                
Bonds and other debt securities:
    U.S. government and agencies   —     —   $     3.00 % $ 7,868     4.15 %   —     —     6.69   $ 12,866   $ 12,868     3.70 %
 
 
 
 
   
 
      Total bonds and other debt securities   —     —         3.00     7,868     4.15     —     —     6.69     12,866     12,868     3.70  
 
 
 
 
   
 
Mutual funds $ 20,600     3.11 %   —     —     —     —     —     —     N/A     20,600     20,352     3.11  
 
 
 
 
   
 
Equity securities:
    Common stock   779     8.10     —     —     —     —     —     —     N/A     779     1,416     8.10  
    Preferred stock   —     —     210     7.48     —     —   $ 5,390     5.93 %   N/A     5,600     5,480     5.99  
 
 
 
 
   
 
      Total equity securities   779     8.10     210     7.48     —     —     5,390     5.93     N/A     6,379     6,896     6.25  
 
 
 
 
   
 
Mortgage-backed securities:
    GNMA   —     —     —     —     —     —     12,043     7.31     23.60     12,043     12,714     7.31  
    FNMA   —     —     1,814     4.99     12,223     5.31     203,241     4.72     18.55     217,278     215,657     4.75  
    FHLMC   —     —     —     —     —     —     78,453     4.42     17.05     78,453     78,094     4.42  
    REMIC and CMO   —     —     —     —     8,067     4.01     81,349     4.22     16.25     89,416     89,164     4.20  
 
 
 
 
   
 
      Total mortgage-backed securities   —     —     1,814     4.99     20,290     4.79     375,086     4.63     17.89     397,190     395,629     4.64  
 
 
 
 
   
 
Interest-bearing deposits   1,186     1.89     —     —     —     —     —     —     N/A     1,186     1,186     1.89  
 
 
 
 
   
 
      Total securities $ 22,565     3.22 % $ 7,022     3.65 % $ 28,158     4.61 % $ 380,476     4.65 %   17.54   $ 438,221   $ 436,931     4.56 %
 
 
 
 
   
 

19


Sources of Funds

                 General.  Deposits, FHLB-NY borrowings, repurchase agreements, principal and interest payments on loans, mortgage-backed and other securities, and proceeds from sales of loans and securities are the Company’s primary sources of funds for lending, investing and other general purposes.

                 Deposits.  The Bank offers a variety of deposit accounts having a range of interest rates and terms. The Bank’s deposits principally consist of passbook accounts, money market accounts, demand accounts, NOW accounts and certificates of deposit. The Bank has a relatively stable retail deposit base drawn from its market area through its ten full service offices. The Bank seeks to retain existing depositor relationships by offering quality service and competitive interest rates, while keeping deposit growth within reasonable limits. It is management’s intention to balance its goal to maintain competitive interest rates on deposits while seeking to manage its cost of funds to finance its strategies.

                 The Bank’s core deposits, consisting of passbook accounts, NOW accounts, money market accounts, and non-interest bearing demand accounts, are typically more stable and lower costing than other sources of funding. However, the flow of deposits into a particular type of account is influenced significantly by general economic conditions, changes in prevailing money market and other interest rates, and competition. The Bank has seen an increase in its deposits in each of the past three years. During 2002 and 2001, it is generally believed that investors continued to withdraw funds from the stock market and deposit these funds in banks. During 2003, the nation’s economy began to expand, with the growth continuing in 2004. Despite the improvement in the stock market during 2003 and 2004, the Bank saw an increase in its due to depositors during 2004 of $117.7 million. The Federal Reserve began increasing short-term interest rates in the second half of 2004 from the low rates it charged throughout 2003 and the first half of 2004. The Bank has responded by increasing interest rates paid on certain of its longer term certificates of deposit. While new deposits were obtained at rates that were higher than the weighted average cost of existing deposits, the Bank believes that by extending the term of new deposits it is better protected against future interest rate increases. The cost of deposits increased to 2.48% in the fourth quarter of 2004 from 2.42% in the fourth quarter of 2003. While we are unable to predict the direction of future interest rate changes, if interest rates continue to rise during 2005, the result will be continued increases in the Company’s cost of deposits, and could result in narrowing the Company’s net interest margin.

                 Included in deposits are certificates of deposit with a balance of $100,000 or more totaling $165.6 million, $124.2 million and $100.9 million at December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.


20


                 The following table sets forth the distribution of the Bank’s deposit accounts at the dates indicated and the weighted average nominal interest rates on each category of deposits presented.

 

At December 31,

  
 
 
2004   2003   2002  
       
 
 
 
Amount   Percent
of Total
Deposits 		  Weighted
Average
Nominal
Rate 		  Amount   Percent
of Total
Deposits 		  Weighted
Average
Nominal
Rate 		  Amount   Percent
of Total
Deposits 		  Weighted
Average
Nominal
Rate 		 
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Passbook accounts (1)     $ 216,772     16.77 %   0.50 % $ 216,988     18.55 %   0.50 % $ 213,572     21.11 %   1.00 %
NOW accounts (1)       48,463     3.75     0.50     42,809     3.66     0.50     39,795     3.93     0.75  
Demand accounts (1)       49,540     3.83     —     41,397     3.54     —     35,287     3.49     —  
Mortgagors’ escrow deposits       16,473     1.27     0.24     11,334     0.97     0.40     9,812     0.97     0.38  
          Total       331,248     25.62     0.41     312,528     26.72     0.43     298,466     29.50     0.83  
Money market accounts (1)       258,235     19.98     1.88     263,621     22.53     1.96     170,029     16.80     2.31  
Certificate of deposit accounts    
  with original maturities of:    
     Less than 6 Months       5,302     0.41     0.75     7,343     0.63     0.95     46,435     4.59     1.57  
     6 to less than 12 Months       35,147     2.72     1.24     48,970     4.19     1.45     62,005     6.13     2.21  
     12 to less than 30 Months       312,173     24.15     2.60     244,640     20.91     2.51     229,550     22.69     3.66  
     30 to less than 48 Months       72,499     5.61     3.36     68,914     5.89     3.72     45,338     4.48     4.40  
     48 to less than 72 Months       224,491     17.36     4.89     196,001     16.75     5.08     153,997     15.22     5.61  
     72 Months or more       53,702     4.15     4.96     27,892     2.38     4.38     6,005     0.59     6.51  
          Total certificate of deposit
              accounts		       703,314     54.40     3.51     593,760     50.75     3.48     543,330     53.70     3.96  
Total deposits (2)     $ 1,292,797     100.00 %   2.39 % $ 1,169,909     100.00 %   2.32 % $ 1,011,825     100.00 %   2.76 %
   
(1)  Weighted average nominal rate as of the year end date equals the stated rate offered.
   
(2) Included in the above balances are IRA and Keogh deposits totaling $162.9 million, $144.3 million and $131.0 million at December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

21


                 The following table presents by various rate categories, the amount of certificate of deposit accounts outstanding at the dates indicated and the years to maturity of the certificate accounts outstanding at December 31, 2004.

 
    At December 31, 2004  
At December 31,  
 
 
  Within One
Year		   One to
Three
Years		   There-
after		    
  2004   2003   2002         Total
(Dollars in thousands)  
Interest rate:                                
1.99% or less     $ 121,676   $ 153,206   $ 85,654   $ 101,728   $ 19,948     —   $ 121,676  
2.00% to 2.99%       62,457     87,296     95,327     47,183     14,917   $ 357     62,457  
3.00% to 3.99%       297,300     170,966     131,984     58,666     175,955     62,679     297,300  
4.00% to 4.99%       118,212     82,245     89,064     3,277     50,062     64,873     118,212  
5.00% to 5.99%       42,772     32,260     67,299     1,492     20,227     21,053     42,772  
6.00% to 6.99%       35,874     43,332     50,281     32,914     2,960     —     35,874  
7.00% to 7.99%       25,023     24,455     23,721     20,787     3,616     620     25,023  
     Total     $ 703,314   $ 593,760   $ 543,330   $ 266,047   $ 287,685   $ 149,582   $ 703,314  
 

                 The following table presents by remaining maturity categories the amount of certificate of deposit accounts with balances of $100,000 or more at December 31, 2004 and their annualized weighted average interest rates.

 
  Amount   Weighted
Average Rate		  
 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)  
Maturity Period:          
     Three months or less   $ 13,600     3.76 %
     Over three through six months     18,565     5.04  
     Over six through 12 months     30,525     3.14  
     Over 12 months     102,957     3.71  
Total   $ 165,647     3.76 %
 

                 The following table presents the deposit activity, including mortgagors’ escrow deposits, of the Bank for the periods indicated.

 
For the Year Ended December 31,  
     
 
2004   2003   2002  
(In thousands)  
Net deposits     $ 93,916   $ 130,563   $ 155,039  
Interest credited on deposits       28,972     27,521     28,204  
     Net increase in deposits     $ 122,888   $ 158,084   $ 183,243  

22


                 The following table sets forth the distribution of the Bank’s average deposit accounts for the years indicated, the percentage of total deposit portfolio, and the average interest cost of each deposit category presented. Average balances for all years shown are derived from daily balances.

 
For The Year Ended December 31,    
   
   
2004   2003   2002
Average
Balance		   Percent
of Total
Deposits		     Average
Cost		     Average
Balance		   Percent
of Total
Deposits		   Average
Cost		     Average
Balance		   Percent
of Total
Deposits		   Average
Cost		    
(Dollars in thousands)    
Passbook accounts   $ 218,336     17.43 %   0.50 % $ 217,435     19.62 %   0.74 % $ 208,250     22.57 %   1.51 %
NOW accounts     44,103     3.52     0.50     40,483     3.65     0.63     36,054     3.91     0.89  
Demand accounts     45,093     3.60     —     36,054     3.25     —     29,827     3.23     —  
Mortgagors’ escrow  
  deposits     20,482     1.64     0.24     15,018     1.36     0.40     15,064     1.63     0.38  
 
 
 
 
                         
       Total     328,014     26.19     0.42     308,990     27.88     0.62     289,195     31.34     1.22  
Money market  
  accounts     279,952     22.36     1.83     229,141     20.67     2.08     126,431     13.70     2.40  
Certificate of deposit  
  accounts     644,328     51.45     3.49     570,208     51.45     3.65     507,104     54.96     4.27  
 
 
 
 
                         
       Total deposits   $ 1,252,294     100.00 %   2.31 % $ 1,108,339     100.00 %   2.48 % $ 922,730     100.00 %   3.06 %
 

                 Borrowings.  Although deposits are the Bank’s primary source of funds, the Bank also uses borrowings as an alternative and cost effective source of funds for lending, investing and other general purposes. The Bank is a member of, and is eligible to obtain advances from, the FHLB-NY. Such advances generally are secured by a blanket lien against the Bank’s mortgage portfolio and the Bank’s investment in the stock of the FHLB-NY. In addition, the Bank may pledge mortgage-backed securities to obtain advances from the FHLB-NY. See “— Regulation — Federal Home Loan Bank System”. The maximum amount that the FHLB-NY will advance for purposes other than for meeting withdrawals fluctuates from time to time in accordance with the policies of the FHLB-NY. The Bank also enters into repurchase agreements with broker-dealers and the FHLB-NY. These agreements are recorded as financing transactions and the obligations to repurchase are reflected as a liability in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. In addition, the Trust issued $20.0 million of floating rate capital securities in July 2003, which were also reflected as a liability in the Company’s consolidated financial statements through December 31, 2003. The Trust had invested the proceeds of the issuance of the capital securities and its common stock in $20.6 million of junior subordinated debentures issued by the Holding Company. Effective January 1, 2004, the Trust was deconsolidated, and the consolidated financial statements include the junior subordinated debentures from that date forward. The average cost of borrowed funds was 4.01%, 4.70% and 5.30% for 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. The average balances of borrowed funds were $580.6 million, $524.9 million and $497.0 million for the same years, respectively.


23


                 The following table sets forth certain information regarding the Company’s borrowed funds at or for the periods ended on the dates indicated.

 
At or For the Year Ended December 31,  
 
 
2004   2003   2002  
     
 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)  
Securities Sold with the Agreement to Repurchase                
Average balance outstanding     $ 194,610   $ 121,338   $ 108,514  
Maximum amount outstanding at any month    
    end during the period       213,900     163,900     113,900  
Balance outstanding at the end of period       213,900     163,900     113,900  
Weighted average interest rate during the period       4.23 %   5.20 %   5.58 %
Weighted average interest rate at end of period       4.22     4.21     5.37  
     
FHLB-NY Advances    
Average balance outstanding     $ 365,321   $ 383,533   $ 378,916  
Maximum amount outstanding at any month    
    end during the period       399,240     429,251     404,284  
Balance outstanding at the end of period       350,217     394,242     359,264  
Weighted average interest rate during the period       3.82 %   4.52 %   5.21 %
Weighted average interest rate at end of period       3.90     3.74     5.13  
     
Other Borrowings    
Average balance outstanding     $ 20,619   $ 20,000   $ 9,534  
Maximum amount outstanding at any month    
    end during the period       20,619     20,000     20,000  
Balance outstanding at the end of period       20,619     20,000     20,000  
Weighted average interest rate during the period       5.13 %   5.07 %   5.66 %
Weighted average interest rate at end of period       5.72     4.80     5.43  
     
Total Borrowings    
Average balance outstanding     $ 580,550   $ 524,871   $ 496,964  
Maximum amount outstanding at any month    
    end during the period       614,749     578,142     517,434  
Balance outstanding at the end of period       584,736     578,142     493,164  
Weighted average interest rate during the period       4.01 %   4.70 %   5.30 %
Weighted average interest rate at end of period       4.08     3.91     5.20  
 

Subsidiary Activities

                 At December 31, 2004, the Holding Company had two wholly owned subsidiaries: the Bank and the Trust. In addition, the Bank had three wholly owned subsidiaries: FSB Properties, Inc. (“Properties”), Flushing Preferred Funding Corporation (“FPFC”) and Flushing Service Corporation.

                 (a)           Properties was formed in 1976 under the Bank’s New York State leeway investment authority. The original purpose of Properties was to engage in joint venture real estate equity investments. The Bank discontinued these activities in 1986. The last joint venture in which Properties was a partner was dissolved in 1989. The last remaining property acquired by the dissolution of these joint ventures was disposed of in 1998.

                 (b)           FPFC was formed in the fourth quarter of 1997 as a real estate investment trust for the purpose of acquiring, holding and managing real estate mortgage assets. FPFC also provides an additional vehicle for access by the Company to the capital markets for future opportunities.

                 (c)           Flushing Service Corporation was formed in 1998 to market insurance products and mutual funds.


24


Personnel

                 At December 31, 2004, the Bank had 191 full-time employees and 59 part-time employees. None of the Bank’s employees are represented by a collective bargaining unit, and the Bank considers its relationship with its employees to be good. At the present time, the Holding Company does not employ any persons other than certain officers of the Bank who do not receive any extra compensation as officers of the Holding Company.

Stock-Based Compensation

                 The Company has two stock-based compensation plans: The 1996 Restricted Stock Incentive Plan (“Restricted Stock Plan”) and the 1996 Stock Option Incentive Plan (“Stock Option Plan”), both of which became effective on May 21, 1996 after adoption by the Board of Directors and approval by the stockholders, and have been amended from time to time.

                 The Restricted Stock Plan provides for the grant of shares of restricted stock and restricted stock units payable in shares of common stock. The aggregate number of shares of common stock which may be issued under the Restricted Stock Plan, as amended, may not exceed 1,225,687 shares to employees, and may not exceed 394,312 shares to outside directors, for a total of 1,619,999 shares. Lapsed, forfeited or canceled awards and shares withheld from an award to satisfy tax obligations will not count against these limits, and will be available for subsequent grants. The shares distributed under the Restricted Stock Plan may be shares held in treasury or authorized but unissued shares. The Board of Directors has discretion to determine the vesting period of all grants to employees. All grants that have been awarded to employees vest 20% per year over a five-year period. Initial grants to outside directors vest 20% per year over a five-year period, while subsequent annual grants to outside directors vest one-third per year over a three-year period. All grants have full vesting in the event of death, disability, retirement or a change in control.

                 The Stock Option Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options intended to comply with the requirements of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code, non-statutory stock options, and limited stock appreciation rights granted in tandem with such options. The aggregate number of shares of common stock which may be issued under the Stock Option Plan, as amended, with respect to options granted to employees may not exceed 3,623,905 shares, and with respect to options granted to outside directors may not exceed 1,672,030 shares, for a total of 5,295,935 shares. Lapsed, forfeited or canceled options will not count against these limits and will be available for subsequent grants. However, the cancellation of an option upon exercise of a related stock appreciation right will count against these limits. Options with respect to more than 253,125 shares of common stock may not be granted to any employee in any calendar year. The shares distributed under the Stock Option Plan may be shares held in treasury or authorized but unissued shares. The Board of Directors has discretion to determine the vesting period of all grants to employees. Initial grants to outside directors vest 20% per year over a five-year period, while subsequent annual grants to outside directors vest one-third per year over a three-year period. All grants have full vesting in the event of death, disability, retirement or a change in control.

                 For additional information concerning these plans, see “Note 9 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” in Item 8 of this Annual Report.

RISK FACTORS

                 In addition to the other information contained in this Annual Report, the following factors and other considerations should be considered carefully in evaluating the Holding Company, the Bank and their business.

Effect of Interest Rates

                 Like most financial institutions, the Company’s results of operations depends to a large degree on its net interest income. When interest-bearing liabilities mature or reprice more quickly than interest-earning assets, a significant increase in market interest rates could adversely affect net interest income. Conversely, a significant decrease in market interest rates could result in increased net interest income. As a general matter, the Company seeks to manage its business to limit its overall exposure to interest rate fluctuations. However, fluctuations in market interest rates are neither predictable nor controllable and may have a material adverse impact on the operations and financial condition of the Company. Additionally, in a rising interest rate environment, a borrower’s ability to repay adjustable rate mortgages can be negatively affected as payments increase at repricing dates.

                 Prevailing interest rates also affect the extent to which borrowers repay and refinance loans. In a declining interest rate environment, the number of loan prepayments and loan refinancings may increase, as well as prepayments of mortgage-backed securities. Call provisions associated with the Company’s investment in U.S. government agency and corporate securities may also adversely affect yield in a declining interest rate environment. Such prepayments and


25


calls may adversely affect the yield of the Company’s loan portfolio and mortgage-backed and other securities as the Company reinvests the prepaid funds in a lower interest rate environment. However, the Company typically receives additional loan fees when existing loans are refinanced, which partially offset the reduced yield on the Company’s loan portfolio resulting from prepayments. In periods of low interest rates, the Company’s level of core deposits also may decline if depositors seek higher yielding instruments or other investments not offered by the Company, which in turn may increase the Company’s cost of funds and decrease its net interest margin to the extent alternative funding sources are utilized. An increasing interest rate environment would tend to extend the average lives of lower yielding fixed rate mortgages and mortgage-backed securities, which could adversely affect net interest income. In addition, depositors tend to open longer term, higher costing certificate of deposit accounts which could adversely affect the Bank’s net interest income if rates were to subsequently decline. Additionally, adjustable rate mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities generally contain interim and lifetime caps that limit the amount the interest rate can increase or decrease at repricing dates. Significant increases in prevailing interest rates may significantly affect demand for loans and the value of bank collateral. See “—Local Economic Conditions”.

Lending Activities

                 Multi-family residential, commercial real estate and one-to-four family mixed use property mortgage loans, the increased origination of which is part of management’s strategy, and construction loans, are generally viewed as exposing the lender to a greater risk of loss than fully underwritten one-to-four family residential mortgage loans and typically involve higher principal amounts per loan. Repayment of multi-family residential, commercial real estate and one-to-four family mixed-use property mortgage loans generally is dependent, in large part, upon sufficient income from the property to cover operating expenses and debt service. Repayment of construction loans is contingent upon the successful completion and operation of the project. Changes in local economic conditions and government regulations, which are outside the control of the borrower or lender, also could affect the value of the security for the loan or the future cash flow of the affected properties.

                 In addition, the Bank, from time-to-time, originates mortgage loans without verifying the borrower’s level of income. These loans involve a higher degree of risk as compared to the Bank’s other fully underwritten one-to-four family residential mortgage loans as there is a greater opportunity for self-employed borrowers to falsify or overstate their level of income and ability to service indebtedness. These risks are mitigated by the Bank’s policy to limit the amount of one-to-four family residential mortgage loans to 80% of the appraised value or sale price, whichever is less. These loans are not as readily saleable in the secondary market as the Bank’s other fully underwritten loans, either as whole loans or when pooled or securitized.

                  There can be no assurance that the Bank will be able to successfully implement its business strategies with respect to these higher yielding loans. In assessing the future earnings prospects of the Bank, investors should consider, among other things, the Bank’s level of origination of one-to-four family residential mortgage loans (including loans originated without verifying the borrowers income), the Bank’s emphasis on multi-family residential, commercial real estate and one-to-four family mixed-use property mortgage loans, and the greater risks associated with such loans. See “Business — Lending Activities”.

Competition

                 The Bank faces intense and increasing competition both in making loans and in attracting deposits. The Bank’s market area has a high density of financial institutions, many of which have greater financial resources, name recognition and market presence than the Bank, and all of which are competitors of the Bank to varying degrees. Particularly intense competition exists for deposits and in all of the lending activities emphasized by the Bank. The Bank’s competition for loans comes principally from commercial banks, other savings banks, savings and loan associations, mortgage banking companies, insurance companies, finance companies and credit unions. Management anticipates that competition for mortgage loans will continue to increase in the future. The Bank’s most direct competition for deposits historically has come from other savings banks, commercial banks, savings and loan associations and credit unions. In addition, the Bank faces competition for deposits from products offered by brokerage firms, insurance companies and other financial intermediaries, such as money market and other mutual funds and annuities. Consolidation in the banking industry and the lifting of interstate banking and branching restrictions have made it more difficult for smaller, community-oriented banks, such as the Bank, to compete effectively with large, national, regional and super-regional banking institutions. Notwithstanding the intense competition, the Bank has been successful in increasing its loan portfolios and deposit base. However, no assurances can be given that the Bank will be able to continue to increase its loan portfolios and deposit base, as contemplated by management’s current business strategy.


26


Local Economic Conditions

                 The Company’s operating results are affected by national and local economic and competitive conditions, including changes in market interest rates, the strength of the local economy, government policies and actions of regulatory authorities. During 2004, the nation’s economy was generally considered to be expanding. Yet world events, particularly the “War on Terror” and the U. S. dollar’s decline against other currencies, continued to have an effect on the economic recovery. These economic conditions can result in borrowers defaulting on their loans, or withdrawing their funds on deposit at the Bank to meet their financial obligations. While we have not seen a significant increase in delinquent loans, and have seen an increase in deposits, we cannot predict the effect of these economic conditions on the Company’s financial condition or operating results.

                 A decline in the local economy, national economy or metropolitan area real estate market could adversely affect the financial condition and results of operations of the Company, including through decreased demand for loans or increased competition for good loans, increased non-performing loans and loan losses and resulting additional provisions for loan losses and for losses on real estate owned. Although management of the Bank believes that the current allowance for loan losses is adequate in light of current economic conditions, many factors could require additions to the allowance for loan losses in future periods above those currently maintained. These factors include: (1) adverse changes in economic conditions and changes in interest rates that may affect the ability of borrowers to make payments on loans, (2) changes in the financial capacity of individual borrowers, (3) changes in the local real estate market and the value of the Bank’s loan collateral, and (4) future review and evaluation of the Bank’s loan portfolio, internally or by regulators. The amount of the allowance for loan losses at any time represents good faith estimates that are susceptible to significant changes due to changes in appraisal values of collateral, national and regional economic conditions, prevailing interest rates and other factors. See “— General — Allowance for Loan Losses”.

Legislation and Proposed Changes

                 From time to time, legislation is enacted or regulations are promulgated that have the effect of increasing the cost of doing business, limiting or expanding permissible activities or affecting the competitive balance between banks and other financial institutions. Proposals to change the laws and regulations governing the operations and taxation of banks and other financial institutions are frequently made in Congress, in the New York legislature and before various bank regulatory agencies. No prediction can be made as to the likelihood of any major changes or the impact such changes might have on the Bank or the Company. For a discussion of regulations affecting the Company, see “—Regulation” and “—Federal, State and Local Taxation”.

Certain Anti-Takeover Provisions

                 On September 17, 1996, the Holding Company adopted a Stockholder Rights Plan (the “Rights Plan”) designed to preserve long-term values and protect stockholders against stock accumulations and other abusive tactics to acquire control of the Holding Company. Under the Rights Plan, each stockholder of record at the close of business on September 30, 1996 received a dividend distribution of one right to purchase from the Holding Company one-three-hundred-thirty-seventh-and-one-half of a share of a new series of junior participating preferred stock at a price of $64, subject to certain adjustments. The rights will become exercisable only if any person or group acquires 15% or more of the Holding Company’s common stock (“Common Stock”) or commences a tender or exchange offer which, if consummated, would result in that person or group owning at least 15% of the Common Stock (the “acquiring person or group”). In such case, all stockholders other than the acquiring person or group will be entitled to purchase, by paying the $64 exercise price, Common Stock (or a common stock equivalent) with a value of twice the exercise price. In addition, at any time after such event, and prior to the acquisition by any person or group of 50% or more of the Common Stock, the Board of Directors may, at its option, require each outstanding right (other than rights held by the acquiring person or group) to be exchanged for one share of Common Stock (or one common stock equivalent). The rights expire on September 30, 2006.

                 The Rights Plan, as well as certain provisions of the Holding Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws, the Bank’s federal stock charter and bylaws, certain federal regulations and provisions of Delaware corporation law, and certain provisions of remuneration plans and agreements applicable to employees and officers of the Bank may have anti-takeover effects by discouraging potential proxy contests and other takeover attempts, particularly those which have not been negotiated with the Board of Directors. The Rights Plan and those other provisions, as well as applicable regulatory restrictions, may also prevent or inhibit the acquisition of a controlling position in the Common Stock and may prevent or inhibit takeover attempts that certain stockholders may deem to be in their or other stockholders’ interest or in the interest of the Holding Company, or in which stockholders may receive a substantial premium for their shares over then current market prices. The Rights Plan and those other provisions may also increase the cost of, and thus


27


discourage, any such future acquisition or attempted acquisition, and would render the removal of the current Board of Directors or management of the Holding Company more difficult.

FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL TAXATION

                 The following discussion of tax matters is intended only as a summary and does not purport to be a comprehensive description of the tax rules applicable to the Company.

Federal Taxation

                 General.  The Company reports its income using a calendar year and the accrual method of accounting. The Company is subject to the federal tax laws and regulations which apply to corporations generally, as well as, since the enactment of the Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996 (the “Act”), those governing the Bank’s deductions for bad debts, described below.

                 Bad Debt Reserves.  Prior to the enactment of the Act, which was signed into law on August 20, 1996, savings institutions which met certain definitional tests primarily relating to their assets and the nature of their business (“qualifying thrifts”), such as the Bank, were allowed deductions for bad debts under methods more favorable than those granted to other taxpayers. Qualifying thrifts could compute deductions for bad debts using either the specific charge off method of Section 166 of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”) or the reserve method of Section 593 of the Code. Section 1616(a) of the Act repealed the Section 593 reserve method of accounting for bad debts by qualifying thrifts, effective for taxable years beginning after 1995. Qualifying thrifts that are treated as large banks, such as the Bank, are required to use the specific charge off method, pursuant to which the amount of any debt may be deducted only as it actually becomes wholly or partially worthless.

                 Distributions.   To the extent that the Bank makes “non-dividend distributions” to stockholders that are considered to result in distributions from its pre-1988 reserves or the supplemental reserve for losses on loans (“excess distributions”), then an amount based on the amount distributed will be included in the Bank’s taxable income. Non-dividend distributions include distributions in excess of the Bank’s current and post-1951 accumulated earnings and profits, as calculated for federal income tax purposes, distributions in redemption of stock and distributions in partial or complete liquidation. The amount of additional taxable income resulting from an excess distribution is an amount that when reduced by the tax attributable to the income is equal to the amount of the excess distribution. Thus, slightly more than one and one-half times the amount of the excess distribution made would be includable in gross income for federal income tax purposes, assuming a 35% federal corporate income tax rate. See “Regulation — Restrictions on Dividends and Capital Distributions” for limits on the payment of dividends by the Bank. The Bank does not intend to pay dividends or make non-dividend distributions described above that would result in a recapture of any portion of its pre-1988 bad debt reserves.

                 Corporate Alternative Minimum Tax. The Code imposes an alternative minimum tax on corporations equal to the excess, if any, of 20% of alternative minimum taxable income (“AMTI”) over a corporation’s regular federal income tax liability. AMTI is equal to taxable income with certain adjustments. Generally, only 90% of AMTI can be offset by net operating loss carrybacks and carryforwards.

State and Local Taxation

                 New York State and New York City Taxation. The Company is subject to the New York State Franchise Tax on Banking Corporations in an annual amount equal to the greater of (1) 7.5% of “entire net income” allocable to New York State during the taxable year or (2) the applicable alternative minimum tax. The alternative minimum tax is generally the greater of (a) 0.01% of the value of assets allocable to New York State with certain modifications, (b) 3% of “alternative entire net income” allocable to New York State or (c) $250. Entire net income is similar to federal taxable income, subject to certain modifications, including that net operating losses arising during any taxable year prior to January 1, 2001 cannot be carried back or carried forward, and net operating losses arising during any taxable year beginning on or after January 1, 2001 cannot be carried back. Alternative entire net income is equal to entire net income without certain deductions which are allowable in the calculation of entire net income. The Company also is subject to a similarly calculated New York City tax of 9% on income allocated to New York City (although net operating losses cannot be carried back or carried forward regardless of when they arise) and similar alternative taxes. In addition, the Company is subject to a tax surcharge at a rate of 17% of the New York State Franchise Tax that is attributable to business activity carried on within the Metropolitan Commuter Transportation District. This tax surcharge is assessed as if the New York State Franchise tax is imposed at a 9% rate.


28


                 Notwithstanding the repeal of the federal income tax provisions permitting bad debt deductions under the reserve method, New York State has enacted legislation maintaining the preferential treatment of additional loss reserves for qualifying real property and non-qualifying loans of qualifying thrifts for both New York State and New York City tax purposes. Calculation of the amount of additions to reserves for qualifying real property loans is limited to the larger of the amount derived by the percentage of taxable income method or the experience method. For these purposes, the applicable percentage to calculate the bad debt deduction under the percentage of taxable income method is 32% of taxable income, reduced by additions to reserves for non-qualifying loans, except that the amount of the addition to the reserve cannot exceed the amount necessary to increase the balance of the reserve for losses on qualifying real property loans at the close of the taxable year to 6% of the balance of the qualifying real property loans outstanding at the end of the taxable year. Under the experience method, the maximum addition to a loan reserve generally equals the amount necessary to increase the balance of the bad debt reserve at the close of the taxable year to the greater of (1) the amount that bears the same ratio to loans outstanding at the close of the taxable year as the total net bad debts sustained during the current and five preceding taxable years bears to the sum of the loans outstanding at the close of those six years, or (2) the balance of the bad debt reserve at the close of the “base year,” or, if the amount of loans outstanding has declined since the base year, the amount which bears the same ratio to the amount of loans outstanding at the close of the taxable year as the balance of the reserve at the close of the base year. For these purposes, the “base year” is the last taxable year beginning before 1988. The amount of additions to reserves for non-qualifying loans is computed under the experience method. In no event may the additions to reserves for qualifying real property loans be greater than the larger of the amount determined under the experience method or the amount which, when added to the additions to reserves for non-qualifying loans, equal the amount by which 12% of the total deposits or withdrawable accounts of depositors of the Bank at the close of the taxable year exceeds the sum of the Bank’s surplus, undivided profits and reserves at the beginning of such year.

                 Delaware State Taxation. As a Delaware holding company not earning income in Delaware, the Company is exempt from Delaware corporate income tax but is required to file an annual report with and pay an annual franchise tax to the State of Delaware.

REGULATION

General

                 The Holding Company is registered with the OTS as a savings and loan holding company and is subject to OTS regulations, examinations, supervision and reporting requirements. In addition, the OTS has enforcement authority over the Company and any non-savings institution subsidiaries it may form or acquire. Among other things, this authority permits the OTS to restrict or prohibit activities that it determines may pose a serious risk to the Bank. As a publicly owned company, the Company is required to file certain reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) under federal securities laws. The Bank is a member of the FHLB System. The Bank is subject to extensive regulation by the OTS, as its chartering agency, and the FDIC, as the insurer of the Bank’s deposits. The Bank is also subject to certain regulations promulgated by the other federal agencies. The Bank must file reports with the OTS and the FDIC concerning its activities and financial condition, in addition to obtaining regulatory approvals prior to entering into certain transactions such as mergers with or acquisitions of other savings institutions. The Bank is subject to periodic examinations by the OTS and the FDIC to examine whether the Bank is in compliance with various regulatory requirements. This regulation and supervision establishes a comprehensive framework of activities in which an institution can engage and is intended primarily to ensure the safe and sound operation of the Bank for the protection of the insurance fund and depositors. The regulatory structure also gives the regulatory authorities extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities and examination policies, including policies with respect to the classification of assets and the establishment of an adequate allowance for possible loan losses for regulatory purposes. Any change in such regulation, whether by the OTS, the FDIC, other federal agencies or the United States Congress, could have a material adverse impact on the Company, the Bank and their operations.

                 The activities of federal savings institutions are governed primarily by the Home Owners’ Loan Act, as amended (“HOLA”) and, in certain respects, the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (“FDIA”). Most regulatory functions relating to deposit insurance and to the administration of conservatorships and receiverships of insured institutions are exercised by the FDIC. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (“FDICIA”), among other things, requires that federal banking regulators intervene promptly when a depository institution experiences financial difficulties, mandated the establishment of a risk-based deposit insurance assessment system, and required imposition of numerous additional safety and soundness operational standards and restrictions. FDICIA and the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery, and Enforcement Act of 1989 (“FIRREA”) each contain provisions affecting numerous aspects of


29


the operations and regulations of federal savings banks, and these laws empower the OTS and the FDIC, among other agencies, to promulgate regulations implementing their provisions.

                 Set forth below is a brief description of certain laws and regulations which relate to the regulation of the Bank and the Company. The description does not purport to be a comprehensive description of applicable laws, rules and regulations and is qualified in its entirety by reference to applicable laws, rules and regulations.

Holding Company Regulation

                 The Company is a unitary savings and loan holding company within the meaning of the HOLA. As such, the Company is required to register with the OTS and is subject to OTS regulations, examinations, supervision and reporting requirements. In addition, the OTS has enforcement authority over the Company and any non-savings institution subsidiaries it may form or acquire. Among other things, this authority permits the OTS to restrict or prohibit activities that it determines may pose a serious risk to the Bank. See “—Restrictions on Dividends and Capital Distributions”.

                 HOLA prohibits a savings and loan holding company, directly or indirectly, or through one or more subsidiaries, from (1) acquiring another savings institution or holding company thereof, without prior written approval of the OTS; (2) acquiring or retaining, with certain exceptions, more than 5% of a non-subsidiary savings institution, a non-subsidiary holding company, or a non-subsidiary company engaged in activities other than those permitted by HOLA; or (3) acquiring or retaining control of a depository institution that is not federally insured. In evaluating applications by holding companies to acquire savings institutions, the OTS will consider the financial and managerial resources and future prospects of the company and institution involved, the effect of the acquisition on the risk to the insurance funds, the convenience and needs of the community, and the impact of any competitive factors that may be involved.

                 As a unitary savings and loan holding company, the Company currently is not restricted as to the types of business activities in which it may engage, provided that the Bank continues to meet the qualified thrift lender (“QTL”) test. See “—Qualified Thrift Lender Test”. Upon any non-supervisory acquisition by the Company of another savings association or savings bank, the Company would become a multiple savings and loan holding company (if the acquired institution is held as a separate subsidiary) and would be subject to extensive limitations on the types of business activities in which it could engage. HOLA limits the activities of a multiple savings and loan holding company and its non-insured institution subsidiaries primarily to activities permissible for bank holding companies under Section 4(c)(8) of the Bank Holding Company Act, subject to the prior approval of the OTS, and activities authorized by OTS regulation.

                 The OTS is prohibited from approving any acquisition that would result in a multiple savings and loan holding company controlling savings institutions in more than one state, subject to two exceptions: (1) emergency acquisitions authorized by the FDIC and (2) the acquisition of a savings institution in another state if the laws of the state of the target savings institution specifically permit such acquisitions. Under New York law, reciprocal interstate acquisitions are authorized for savings and loan holding companies and savings institutions. Certain states do not authorize interstate acquisitions under any circumstances; however, federal law authorizing acquisitions in supervisory cases preempts such state law.

                 Federal law generally provides that no “person” acting directly or indirectly or through or in concert with one or more other persons, may acquire “control,” as that term is defined in OTS regulations, of a federally insured savings institution without giving at least 60 days’ written notice to the OTS and providing the OTS an opportunity to disapprove the proposed acquisition. Such acquisitions of control may be disapproved if it is determined, among other things, that (1) the acquisition would substantially lessen competition; (2) the financial condition of the acquiring person might jeopardize the financial stability of the savings institution or prejudice the interests of its depositors; or (3) the competency, experience or integrity of the acquiring person or the proposed management personnel indicates that it would not be in the interest of the depositors or the public to permit the acquisition of control by such person.

Investment Powers

                 The Bank is subject to comprehensive regulation governing its investments and activities. Among other things, the Bank may invest in (1) residential mortgage loans, mortgage-backed securities, education loans and credit card loans in an unlimited amount, (2) non-residential real estate loans up to 400% of total capital, (3) commercial business loans up to 20% of total assets (however, amounts over 10% of total assets must be used only for small business loans) and (4) in general, consumer loans and highly rated commercial paper and corporate debt securities in the aggregate up to 35% of total assets. In addition, the Bank may invest up to 3% of its total assets in service corporations, an unlimited percentage of its assets in operating subsidiaries (which may only engage in activities permissible for the Bank itself)


30


and under certain conditions may invest in finance subsidiaries. Other than investments in service corporations, operating subsidiaries, finance subsidiaries and certain government-sponsored enterprises, such as FHLMC and FNMA, the Bank generally is not permitted to make equity investments. See “— General — Investment Activities”. A service corporation in which the Bank may invest is permitted to engage in activities that a federal savings bank make conduct directly, other than taking deposits, as well as certain activities pre-approved by the OTS, which include providing certain support services for the institution; originating, investing in, selling, purchasing, servicing or otherwise dealing with specified types of loans and participations (principally loans that the parent institution could make); specified real estate activities, including limited real estate development; securities brokerage services; certain insurance brokerage activities; and other specified investments and services.

Real Estate Lending Standards

                 FDICIA requires each federal banking agency to adopt uniform regulations prescribing standards for extensions of credit which are either (1) secured by real estate, or (2) made for the purpose of financing the construction of improvements on real estate. In prescribing these standards, the banking agencies must consider the risk posed to the deposit insurance funds by real estate loans, the need for safe and sound operation of insured depository institutions and the availability of credit. The OTS and the other federal banking agencies adopted uniform regulations, effective March 19, 1993. The OTS regulation requires each savings association to establish and maintain written internal real estate lending standards consistent with safe and sound banking practices and appropriate to the size of the institution and the nature and scope of its real estate lending activities. The policy must also be consistent with accompanying OTS guidelines, which include maximum loan-to-value ratios for the following types of real estate loans: raw land (65%), land development (75%), nonresidential construction (80%), improved property (85%) and one-to-four family residential construction (85%). Owner-occupied one-to-four family mortgage loans and home equity loans do not have maximum loan-to-value ratio limits, but those with a loan-to-value ratio at origination of 90% or greater are to be backed by private mortgage insurance or readily marketable collateral. Institutions are also permitted to make a limited amount of loans that do not conform to the proposed loan-to-value limitations so long as such exceptions are appropriately reviewed and justified. The guidelines also list a number of lending situations in which exceptions to the loan-to-value standard are justified.

Loans-to-One Borrower Limits

                 The Bank generally is subject to the same loans-to-one borrower limits that apply to national banks. With certain exceptions, total loans and extensions of credit outstanding at one time to one borrower (including certain related entities of the borrower) may not exceed, for loans not fully secured, 15% of the Bank’s unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus, plus, for loans fully secured by readily marketable collateral, an additional 10% of the Bank’s unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus. At December 31, 2004, the largest amount the Bank could lend to one borrower was approximately $24.2 million, and at that date, the Bank’s largest aggregate amount of loans-to-one borrower was $20.0 million, all of which were performing according to their terms. See “— General — Lending Activities”.

Insurance of Accounts

                 The deposits of the Bank are insured up to $100,000 per depositor (as defined by federal law and regulations) by the FDIC. Approximately 93.17% of the Bank’s deposits are presently insured by the FDIC under the Bank Insurance Fund (“BIF”). The remainder is insured by the FDIC under the Savings Association Insurance Fund (“SAIF”). The deposits insured under the SAIF are a result of those acquired in the acquisition of New York Federal Savings Bank in 1997. As insurer, the FDIC is authorized to conduct examinations of, and to require reporting by, insured institutions. It also may prohibit any insured institution from engaging in any activity the FDIC determines by regulation or order to pose a serious threat to the insurance funds. The FDIC also has the authority to initiate enforcement actions where the OTS has failed or declined to take such action after receiving a request to do so from the FDIC.

                 The FDIC utilizes a risk-based deposit insurance assessment system. Under this system, the FDIC assigns each institution to one of three capital categories — “well capitalized,” “adequately capitalized” and “undercapitalized” — which are defined in the same manner as the regulations establishing the prompt corrective action system under Section 38 of FDIA, as discussed below. These three categories are then divided into three subcategories which reflect varying levels of supervisory concern. The matrix so created results in nine assessment risk classifications. As of the date of this Annual Report, the annual FDIC assessment rate for BIF and SAIF member institutions varies between 0% to 0.27% per annum per $100 of deposits. At December 31, 2004, the Bank’s annual assessment rate was 0.00%. The Bank’s assessment rate in effect from time to time will depend upon the capital category and supervisory subcategory to which the Bank is assigned by the FDIC. In addition, the FDIC is authorized to increase federal deposit insurance assessment


31


rates for BIF and SAIF members to the extent necessary to protect the BIF and SAIF and, under current law, would be required to increase such rates to $0.23 per $100 of deposits if the BIF or SAIF reserve ratio falls below the required 1.25%. Any increase in deposit insurance assessment rates, as a result of a change in the category or subcategory to which the Bank is assigned or the exercise of the FDIC’s authority to increase assessment rates generally, could have an adverse effect on the earnings of the Bank.

                 Under the FDIA, insurance of deposits may be terminated by the FDIC upon a finding that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC. The management of the Bank does not know of any practice, condition or violation that might lead to termination of deposit insurance.

                 On September 30, 1996, as part of an omnibus appropriations bill, the Deposit Insurance Funds Act of 1996 (the “Funds Act”) was enacted. The Funds Act requires BIF institutions, beginning January 1, 1997, to pay a portion of the interest due on the Finance Corporation (“FICO”) bonds issued in connection with the savings and loan association crisis in the late 1980s, and requires BIF institutions to pay their full pro rata share of the FICO payments starting the earlier of January 1, 2000 or the date at which no savings institution continues to exist. The Bank was required, as of January 1, 2000, to pay its full pro rata share of the FICO payments. The FICO assessment rate is subject to change. The Bank paid $178,000, $166,000 and $147,000 for its share of the interest due on FICO bonds in 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

Qualified Thrift Lender Test

                 Institutions regulated by the OTS are required to meet a QTL test to avoid certain restrictions on their operations. FDICIA and applicable OTS regulations require such institutions to maintain at least 65% of their portfolio assets (total assets less intangibles, properties used to conduct the institution’s business and liquid assets not exceeding 20% of total assets) in “qualified thrift investments” on a monthly average basis in nine of every 12 months. Qualified thrift investments constitute primarily residential mortgage loans and related investments, including certain mortgage-backed and mortgage-related securities. A savings institution that fails the QTL test must either convert to a bank charter or, in general, it will be prohibited from: (1) making an investment or engaging in any new activity not permissible for a national bank, (2) paying dividends not permissible under national bank regulations and (3) establishing any new branch office in a location not permissible for a national bank in the institution’s home state. One year following the institution’s failure to meet the QTL test, any holding company parent of the institution must register and be subject to supervision as a bank holding company. In addition, beginning three years after the institution failed the QTL test, the institution would be prohibited from retaining any investment or engaging in any activity not permissible for a national bank. At December 31, 2004, the Bank had maintained more than 65% of its “portfolio assets” in qualified thrift investments in at least nine of the preceding 12 months. Accordingly, on that date, the Bank had met the QTL test.

                 Under the Economic Growth and Paperwork Reduction Act of 1996 (“Regulatory Paperwork Reduction Act”), Congress modified and expanded investment authority under the QTL test. The Regulatory Paperwork Reduction Act amendments permit federal thrifts to invest in, sell, or otherwise deal in education and credit card loans without limitation and raised from 10% to 20% of total assets the aggregate amount of commercial, corporate, business, or agricultural loans or investments that may be made by a thrift, subject to a requirement that amounts in excess of 10% of total assets be used only for small business loans. In addition, the Regulatory Paperwork Reduction Act defines “qualified thrift investment” to include, without limit, education, small business, and credit card loans; and removes the 10% limit on personal, family, or household loans for purposes of the QTL test. The legislation also provides that a thrift meets the QTL test if it qualifies as a domestic building and loan association under the Code.

Transactions with Affiliates

                 Transactions between the Bank and any related party or “affiliate” are governed by Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act. An affiliate is generally any company or entity which controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the Bank, including the Company, the Trust, the Bank’s subsidiaries, and any other qualifying subsidiary of the Bank or the Company that may be formed or acquired in the future. Generally, Sections 23A and 23B (1) limit the extent to which the Bank or its subsidiaries may engage in “covered transactions” with any one affiliate to an amount equal to 10% of the Bank’s capital stock and surplus, and impose an aggregate limit on all such transactions with all affiliates to an amount equal to 20% of such capital stock and surplus, and (2) require that all such transactions be on terms substantially the same, or at least as favorable, to the Bank or subsidiary as those provided to a non-affiliate. The term “covered transaction” includes the making of loans, purchase of assets, issuance of a guarantee and other similar types of transactions. Each loan or extension of credit to an affiliate by the Bank must be secured by collateral with a market value ranging from 100% to 130% (depending on the type of collateral) of the amount of credit extended.


32


In addition, the Bank may not (1) loan or otherwise extend credit to an affiliate, except to any affiliate which engages only in activities which are permissible for bank holding companies under Section 4(c) of the Bank Company Act, or (2) purchase or invest in any stocks, bonds, debentures, notes or similar obligations of any affiliates, except subsidiaries of the Bank.

                 In addition, the Bank is subject to Regulation O promulgated under Sections 22(g) and 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act. Regulation O requires that loans by the Bank to a director, executive officer or to a holder of more than 10% of the Common Stock, and to certain affiliated interests of any such insider, may not, in the aggregate, exceed the Bank’s loans-to-one borrower limit. Loans to insiders and their related interests must also be made on terms substantially the same as offered, and follow credit underwriting procedures that are not less stringent than those applied, in comparable transactions to other persons. Prior Board approval is required for certain loans. In addition, the aggregate amount of extensions of credit by the Bank to all insiders cannot exceed the institution’s unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus. These laws place additional restrictions on loans to executive officers of the Bank.

                 The Bank is in compliance with these regulations.

Restrictions on Dividends and Capital Distributions

                 The Bank is subject to OTS limitations on capital distributions, which include cash dividends, stock redemptions or repurchases, cash-out mergers, interest payments on certain convertible debt and some other distributions charged to the Bank’s capital account. In general, the applicable regulation permits specified levels of capital distributions by a savings institution that meets at least its minimum capital requirements, so long as the OTS is provided with at least 30 days’ advance notice and has no objection to the distribution.

                 Under OTS capital distribution regulations, an institution is not required to file an application with, or to provide a notice to, the OTS if neither the institution nor the proposed capital distribution meets any of the criteria for any such application or notice as provided below. An institution will be required to file an application with the OTS if the institution is not eligible for expedited treatment by the OTS; if the total amount of all its capital distributions for the applicable calendar year exceeds the net income for that year to date plus the retained net income (net income less capital distributions) for the preceding two years; if it would not be at least adequately capitalized following the distribution; or if its proposed capital distribution would violate a prohibition contained in any applicable statute, regulation, or agreement between the association and the OTS. By contrast, only notice to the OTS is required for an institution that is not required to file an application as provided in the preceding sentence, if it would not be well capitalized following the distribution; if the association’s proposed capital distribution would reduce the amount of or retire any part of its common or preferred stock or retire any part of debt instruments such as notes or debentures included in capital under OTS regulations; or if the association is a subsidiary of a savings and loan holding company. The Bank is a subsidiary of a savings and loan holding company and, therefore, is subject to the 30-day advance notice requirement. As of December 31, 2004, the Bank had $45.8 million in retained earnings available to distribute to the Holding Company in the form of cash dividends.

Federal Home Loan Bank System

                 In connection with converting to a federal charter, the Bank became a member of the FHLB-NY, which is one of 12 regional FHLB’s governed and regulated by the Federal Housing Finance Board. Each FHLB serves as a source of liquidity for its members within its assigned region. It is funded primarily from proceeds derived from the sale of consolidated obligations of the FHLB System. It makes loans to members (i.e., advances) in accordance with policies and procedures established by its Board of Directors.

                 As a member, the Bank is required to purchase and maintain stock in the FHLB-NY in an amount equal to the greater of 1% of its aggregate unpaid residential mortgage loans, home purchase contracts or similar obligations at the beginning of each year or 5% of total advances. Pursuant to this requirement, at December 31, 2004, the Bank was required to maintain $22.3 million of FHLB-NY stock. The Bank was in compliance with this requirement at that time.

Assessments

                 Savings institutions are required by OTS regulations to pay assessments to the OTS to fund the operations of the OTS. The general assessment, paid on a semi-annual basis, as determined from time to time by the Director of the OTS, is computed upon the savings institution’s total assets, including consolidated subsidiaries, as reported in the institution’s latest quarterly thrift financial report. Based on the average balance of the Bank’s total assets for the year ended December 31, 2004, the Bank’s OTS assessments were $330,000 for that period.


33


Branching

                 OTS regulations permit federally chartered savings institutions to branch nationwide to the extent allowed by federal statute. This permits federal savings associations to geographically diversify their loan portfolios and lines of business. The OTS authority preempts any state law purporting to regulate branching by federal savings institutions.

Community Reinvestment

                 Under the Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”), as implemented by OTS regulations, the Bank has an obligation, consistent with its safe and sound operation, to help meet the credit needs of its entire community, including low and moderate income neighborhoods located in the community. The CRA does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions nor does it limit an institution’s discretion to develop the types of products and services that it believes are best suited to its particular community, consistent with the CRA. The CRA requires the OTS, in connection with its examination of a savings institution, to assess the institution’s record of meeting the credit needs of its community and to take such record into account in its evaluation of certain applications by the institution. The methodology used by the OTS for determining an institution’s compliance with the CRA focuses on three tests: (a) a lending test, to evaluate the institution’s record of making loans in its service areas; (b) an investment test, to evaluate the institution’s record of investing in community development projects, affordable housing, and programs benefiting low or moderate income individuals and businesses; and (c) a service test, to evaluate the range of the institution’s services and the delivery of services through its branches, ATMs, and other offices. The Bank received a CRA rating of “Satisfactory” in its most recent completed CRA examination, which was completed as of November 5, 2004. Institutions that receive less than a satisfactory rating may face difficulties in securing approval for new activities or acquisitions. The CRA requires all institutions to make public disclosure of their CRA ratings.

Brokered Deposits

                 The FDIC has promulgated regulations implementing the FDICIA limitations on brokered deposits. Under the regulations, well-capitalized institutions are not subject to brokered deposit limitations, while adequately capitalized institutions are able to accept, renew or roll over brokered deposits only with a waiver from the FDIC and subject to restrictions on the interest rate which can be paid on such deposits. Undercapitalized institutions are not permitted to accept brokered deposits and may not solicit deposits by offering an effective yield that exceeds by more than 75 basis points the prevailing effective yields on insured deposits of comparable maturity in the institution’s normal market area or in the market area in which such deposits are being solicited. Pursuant to the regulation, the Bank, as a well-capitalized institution, may accept brokered deposits.

Capital Requirements

                 General.   The Bank is required to maintain minimum levels of regulatory capital. Since FIRREA, capital requirements established by the OTS generally must be no less stringent than the capital requirements applicable to national banks. The OTS also is authorized to impose capital requirements in excess of these standards on a case-by-case basis.

                 Any institution that fails any of its applicable capital requirements is subject to possible enforcement actions by the OTS or the FDIC. Such actions could include a capital directive, a cease and desist order, civil money penalties, the establishment of restrictions on the institution’s operations and the appointment of a conservator or receiver. The OTS’ capital regulation provides that such actions, through enforcement proceedings or otherwise, could require one or more of a variety of corrective actions. See “—Prompt Corrective Action”.

                 The OTS’ capital regulations create three capital requirements: a tangible capital requirement, a leverage and core capital requirement and a risk-based capital requirement. At December 31, 2004, the Bank’s capital levels exceeded applicable OTS capital requirements. The three OTS capital requirements are described below.

                 Tangible Capital Requirement.  Under current OTS regulations, each savings institution must maintain tangible capital equal to at least 1.50% of its adjusted total assets (as defined by regulation). Tangible capital generally includes common stockholders’ equity and retained income, and certain non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock and related income. In addition, all intangible assets, other than a limited amount of purchased mortgage servicing rights, must be deducted from tangible capital. At December 31, 2004, the Bank had intangible assets consisting of $3.9 million in goodwill and $0.9 million related to a pension plan. The Bank had no purchased mortgage servicing rights. At that date, the Bank’s tangible capital ratio was 7.89%.


34


                 In calculating adjusted total assets, adjustments are made to total assets to give effect to the exclusion of certain assets from capital and to appropriately account for the investments in and assets of both includable and non-includable subsidiaries.

                 Leverage and Core Capital Requirement.   The current OTS requirement for leverage and core capital (commonly referred to as core capital) ranges between 3% and 5% of adjusted total assets. Savings institutions that receive the highest supervisory rating for safety and soundness are required to maintain a minimum core capital ratio of 3%, while the capital floor for all other savings institutions generally ranges from 4% to 5%, as determined by the OTS on a case by case basis. Core capital includes common stockholders’ equity (including retained income), non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock and related surplus and (subject to phase-out) qualifying supervisory goodwill. The Bank has no qualifying supervisory goodwill. At December 31, 2004, the Bank’s core capital ratio was 7.89%.

                 OTS regulations limit the amount of servicing assets, together with purchased credit card receivables, includable in core capital to 100% of such capital, subject to limitations on fair value. At December 31, 2004, the Bank had no purchased mortgage servicing rights or purchased credit card receivables.

                 Risk-Based Requirement.  The risk-based capital standard adopted by the OTS requires savings institutions to maintain a minimum ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets of 8%. Total capital consists of core capital, defined above, and supplementary capital but excludes the effect of recognizing deferred taxes based upon future income after one year. Supplementary capital consists of certain capital instruments that do not qualify as core capital, and general valuation loan and lease loss allowances up to a maximum of 1.25% of risk-weighted assets. Supplementary capital may be used to satisfy the risk-based requirement only in an amount equal to the amount of core capital. In determining the risk-based capital ratios, total assets, including certain off-balance sheet items, are multiplied by a risk weight based on the risks inherent in the type of assets. The risk weights assigned by the OTS for significant categories of assets are (1) 0% for cash and securities issued by the federal government or unconditionally backed by the full faith and credit of the federal government; (2) 20% for securities (other than equity securities) issued by federal government sponsored agencies and mortgage-backed securities issued by, or fully guaranteed as to principal and interest by, the FNMA or the FHLMC, except for those classes with residual characteristics or stripped mortgage-related securities; (3) 50% for prudently underwritten permanent one-to-four family first lien mortgage loans and certain qualifying multi-family mortgage loans not more than 90 days delinquent and having a loan-to-value ratio of not more than 80% at origination unless insured to such ratio by an insurer approved by the FNMA or the FHLMC; and (4) 100% for all other loans and investments, including consumer loans, home equity loans, commercial loans, and one-to-four family residential real estate loans more than 90 days delinquent, and all repossessed assets or assets more than 90 days past due. At December 31, 2004, the Bank’s risk-based capital ratio was 14.01%. Risk-based capital excludes the effect of recognizing deferred taxes based upon future income after one year.

Federal Reserve System

                 The Federal Reserve Board requires all depository institutions to maintain reserves against their transaction accounts (primarily NOW and checking accounts) and non-personal time deposits. At December 31, 2004, the Bank was in compliance with these requirements.

                 The balances maintained to meet the reserve requirements imposed by the Federal Reserve Board may be used to satisfy liquidity requirements imposed by the OTS. Because required reserves must be maintained in the form of vault cash or a non-interest-bearing account at a Federal Reserve Bank directly or through another bank, the effect of this reserve requirement is to reduce an institution’s earning assets. The amount of funds necessary to satisfy this requirement has not had a material effect on the Bank’s operations.

                 As a creditor and financial institution, the Bank is also subject to additional regulations promulgated by the FRB, including, without limitation, regulations implementing requirements of the Truth in Savings Act, the Expedited Funds Availability Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Truth in Lending Act.

Financial Reporting

                 The Bank is required to submit independently audited annual reports to the FDIC and the OTS. These publicly available reports must include (a) annual financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and such other disclosure requirements as required by the FDIC or the OTS and (b) a report, signed by the Bank’s chief executive officer and chief financial officer which contains statements about the adequacy of internal controls and compliance with designated laws and regulations, and attestations by independent auditors related thereto. The Bank is required to monitor the foregoing activities through an independent audit committee.


35


Standards for Safety and Soundness

                 The FDIA, as amended by the FDICIA and the Riegle Community Development and Regulatory Improvement Act of 1994 (the “Community Development Act”), requires each federal bank regulatory agency to establish safety and soundness standards for institutions under its authority. On July 10, 1995, the federal banking agencies, including the OTS, jointly released Interagency Guidelines Establishing Standards for Safety and Soundness and published a final rule establishing deadlines for submission and review of safety and soundness compliance plans. The guidelines, among other things, require savings institutions to maintain internal controls, information systems and internal audit systems that are appropriate to the size, nature and scope of the institution’s business. The guidelines also establish general standards relating to loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate risk exposure, asset growth, and compensation, fees and benefits. Savings institutions are required to maintain safeguards to prevent the payment of excessive compensation to an executive officer, employee, director or principal shareholder. The OTS may determine that a savings institution is not in compliance with the safety and soundness guidelines and, upon doing so, may require the institution to submit an acceptable plan to achieve compliance with the guidelines. An institution must submit an acceptable compliance plan to the OTS within 30 days of receipt or request for such a plan. Failure to submit or implement a compliance plan may subject the institution to regulatory actions. Management believes that the Bank currently meets the standards adopted in the interagency guidelines.

                 Additionally, under FDICIA, as amended by the Community Development Act, federal banking agencies are required to establish standards relating to asset quality and earnings that the agencies determine to be appropriate. Effective October 1, 1998, the federal banking agencies, including the OTS, adopted guidelines relating to asset quality and earnings which require insured institutions to maintain systems, consistent with their size and the nature and scope of their operations, to identify problem assets and prevent deterioration in those assets as well as to evaluate and monitor earnings and insure that earnings are sufficient to maintain adequate capital and reserves.

Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act

                 The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (the “Modernization Act”) was signed into law on November 12, 1999. Among other things, the Modernization Act permits qualifying bank holding companies to affiliate with securities firms and insurance companies and engage in other activities that are financial in nature or complementary thereto, as determined by the Federal Reserve Board. Subject to certain limitations, a national bank may, through a financial subsidiary, engage in similar activities. The Modernization Act also prohibits the creation or acquisition of new unitary savings and loan holding companies that are affiliated with non-banking firms, but “grandfathers” existing savings and loan holding companies, such as the Company. Grandfathered companies retain the existing powers available to unitary savings and loan holding companies. See “— Holding Company Regulation”. Certain business combinations which were impermissible prior to the effective date of the Modernization Act are now possible. Management believes the Modernization Act has led to some consolidation in the financial services industry and could lead to further consolidation, which, if completed, would likely result in an increase in the service offerings of our competitors. We cannot assure you that the Modernization Act will not result in changes in the competitive environment in the Bank’s market area or otherwise impact the Bank or the Holding Company.

                 In addition, the Modernization Act calls for heightened privacy protection of customer information gathered by financial institutions. The OTS has enacted regulations implementing the privacy protection provisions of the Modernization Act. Under the regulations, each financial institution is to (1) adopt procedures to protect customers’ “non-public personal information”, (2) disclose its privacy policy, including identifying to customers others with whom it shares “non-public personal information”, at the time of establishing the customer relationship and annually thereafter, and (3) provide its customers with the ability to “opt-out” of having the financial institution share their personal information with affiliated third parties. The regulations became effective on November 13, 2000, with compliance voluntary prior to July 1, 2001. Management has reviewed and amended our privacy protection policy and believes we are in compliance with these regulations.

USA Patriot Act

                 On October 26, 2001, following the September 11, 2001 attacks, President Bush signed the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism (USA PATRIOT) Act of 2001 (the “Patriot Act”) to enhance protections against money laundering and criminal laws against terrorist activities, and give law enforcement authorities greater investigative powers. Among other things, the Patriot Act (1) requires financial institutions that administer, maintain or manage private bank accounts or correspondent accounts for foreign persons to establish due diligence policies; (2) prohibits correspondent accounts with foreign shell banks; (3) permits sharing of information among financial institutions, regulators and law enforcement regarding persons engaged


36


in terrorist or money laundering activities; (4) requires financial institutions to verify customer identification at account opening; (5) requires financial institutions to report suspicious activities; and (6) requires financial institutions to establish an anti-money laundering compliance program.

                 Provisions under the Patriot Act became effective at varying times. The U. S. Treasury Department, the Federal Reserve and other federal bank regulatory agencies have issued regulations implementing the provisions of the Patriot Act. Management believes we are in compliance with these regulations.

Prompt Corrective Action

                 Under Section 38 of the FDIA, as added by the FDICIA, each appropriate banking agency is required to take prompt corrective action to resolve the problems of insured depository institutions that do not meet minimum capital ratios. Such action must be accomplished at the least possible long-term cost to the appropriate deposit insurance fund.

                 The federal banking agencies, including the OTS, adopted substantially similar regulations to implement Section 38 of the FDIA. Under the regulations, an institution is deemed to be (1) “well capitalized” if it has total risk-based capital ratio of 10% or more, has a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6% or more, has a leverage capital ratio of 5% or more and is not subject to any order or final capital directive to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure, (2) “adequately capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 8% or more, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4% or more and a leverage capital ratio of 4% or more (3% under certain circumstances) and does not meet the definition of “well capitalized,” (3) “undercapitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio that is less than 8%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio that is less than 4% or a leverage capital ratio that is less than 4% (3% under certain circumstances), (4) “significantly undercapitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio that is less than 6%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio that is less than 3% or a leverage capital ratio that is less than 3%, and (5) “critically undercapitalized” if it has a ratio of tangible equity to total assets that is equal to or less than 2%. Section 38 of the FDIA and the regulations promulgated thereunder also specify circumstances under which a federal banking agency may reclassify a well capitalized institution as adequately capitalized and may require an adequately capitalized institution or an undercapitalized institution to comply with supervisory actions as if it were in the next lower category (except that the FDIC may not reclassify a significantly undercapitalized institution as critically undercapitalized). At December 31, 2004, the Bank met the criteria to be considered a “well capitalized” institution.

Federal Securities Laws

                 The Company’s Common Stock is registered with the SEC under Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). The Company is subject to the information and reporting requirements, regulations governing proxy solicitations, insider trading restrictions and other requirements applicable to companies whose stock is registered under the Exchange Act.

                 Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “2002 Act”), enacted on July 30, 2002, aims to increase the reliability of financial information by, among other things, (1) heightening accountability of Chief Executive Officers and Chief Financial Officers to issue accurate financial statements, (2) increasing the authority and independence of corporate audit committees, (3) creating a new regulatory entity to oversee the activities of accountants that audit public companies, (4) prohibiting activities and relationships that may compromise the independence of auditors, (5) increasing required financial statement disclosures, and (6) providing tough new penalties for issuing noncompliant financial statements and for other violations related to securities laws.

                 In furtherance of the 2002 Act, the SEC has issued new rules. Compliance with these new rules, and the related corporate governance rules adopted by NASDAQ with the approval of the SEC, has, and will continue to, increase costs to the Company, including, but not limited to, fees to our independent accountants, consultants, legal fees and Board service fees, and may require additions to staff.

                 During 2004, the Company recorded approximately $0.4 million of expenses to third parties to comply with provisions of the 2002 Act. We cannot assure you that compliance with the 2002 Act and its regulations will not have a material effect on the business or operations of the Company in the future.

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

                 We make available free of charge on or through our web site at www.flushingsavings.com our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the SEC.


37


Item 2.    Properties.

                 The Bank conducts its business through ten full-service offices. The Bank’s executive office was relocated to Lake Success, in Nassau County, NY in August, 2004.

 
Office Leased or Owned   Date Leased or
Acquired		   Lease Expiration
Date		     Net Book Value at
December 31, 2004		  
 
Corporate Headquarters                
      1979 Marcus Avenue, Suite E140    
      Lake Success, NY 11042 Leased   2004  
02/28/2015
   $ 1,405,452  
Main Office Branch
      144-51 Northern Blvd.
      Flushing, NY 11354 Owned   1972  
NA
   $ 2,458,027  
Broadway Branch
    159-18 Northern Blvd.
    Flushing, NY 11358 Owned   1962  
NA
     750,723  
Auburndale Branch
    188-08 Hollis Court Blvd.
    Flushing, NY 11358 Owned   1991  
NA
     764,580  
Springfield Branch
    61-54 Springfield Blvd.
    Bayside, NY 11364 Leased   1991  
11/30/2006
     112,056  
Bay Ridge Branch
    7102 Third Avenue
    Brooklyn, NY 11209 Owned   1991  
NA
     368,212  
Irving Place Branch
    33 Irving Place
    New York, NY 10003 Leased   1991  
11/30/2006
     210,773  
New Hyde Park Branch
    661 Hillside Avenue
    New Hyde Park, NY 11040 Leased   1971  
12/31/2011
     145,608  
Kissena Branch
    44-43 Kissena Boulevard
    Flushing, NY 11355 Leased   2000  
4/30/2010
     360,901  
New Hyde Park In-Store Branch
    653 Hillside Avenue
    New Hyde Park, NY 11040 Leased   1998  
6/30/2006
     51,624  
Astoria Branch
      31-16 30th Avenue
      Astoria, NY 11102 Leased   2003  
10/31/2013
     930,254  
 
 
            Total premises and equipment, net             $ 7,558,210  
             
 
 

                 The Holding Company neither owns nor leases any property but instead uses the premises and equipment of the Bank.

Item 3.        Legal Proceedings.

                 The Bank is involved in various legal actions arising in the ordinary course of its business which, in the aggregate, involve amounts which are believed by management to be immaterial to the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Bank.

Item 4.    Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.

                 None.


38


PART II

Item 5.        Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

                 Flushing Financial Corporation Common Stock is traded on the NASDAQ National Market® under the symbol “FFIC”. As of December 31, 2004, the Company had approximately 713 shareholders of record, not including the number of persons or entities holding stock in nominee or street name through various brokers and banks. The Company’s stock closed at $20.06 on December 31, 2004. The following table shows the high and low sales price of the Common Stock during the periods indicated. Such prices do not necessarily reflect retail markups, markdowns or commissions. Price and dividend information for the year ended December 31, 2003 has been adjusted for the three-for-two stock split distributed on December 15, 2003 in the form of a stock dividend. See Note 11 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Annual Report for dividend restrictions.

 
2004   2003  
 
 
 
    High     Low  
Dividend
     High     Low     Dividend  
 
 
 
First Quarter $ 19.50   $ 17.57  
$
 0.08   $ 12.10   $ 10.69   $ 0.067  
Second Quarter   18.93     16.35  
0.09     14.84     11.27     0.067  
Third Quarter   19.19     16.48  
0.09     15.34     13.49     0.073  
Fourth Quarter   21.50     18.80  
0.09     18.99     13.69     0.073  
 

The following table sets forth information regarding the shares of common stock repurchased by the Company during the quarter ended December 31, 2004.

 
Period Total Number
of Shares
Purchased		 Average Price
Paid per Share		 Total Number
of Shares
Purchased as
Part of Publicly
Announced
Plans or
Programs		 Maximum
Number of Shares
that May Yet Be
Purchased Under
the Plans or
Program		  
 
October 1 to October 31, 2004 22,000   $ 19.01   22,000   969,350  
November 1 to November 30, 2004 2,647     20.57   —   969,350  
December 1 to December 31, 2004 50,000     19.84   50,000   919,350  
 
 
 
     
Total 74,647   $ 19.62   72,000   919,350  
 
 
 
     
 

During the quarter ended December 31, 2004, the Company purchased 156 common shares from employees, at an average cost of $20.33, to satisfy tax obligations due from the employees upon vesting of restricted stock awards. The Company also purchased 2,491 common shares from an employee, at an average cost of $20.58, to satisfy the purchase price due upon the exercise of stock options.

The current common stock repurchase program was approved by the Company’s Board of Directors on August 17, 2004. This repurchase program authorized the repurchase of 1,000,000 common shares. The repurchase program does not have an expiration date or a maximum dollar amount that may be paid to repurchase the common shares. Stock repurchases under this program will be made from time to time, on the open market or in privately negotiated transactions, at the discretion of the management of the Company.


39


Item 6.    Selected Financial Data
 
At or for the year ended December 31,
 2004   2003   2002   2001   2000  
 
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Selected Financial Condition Data                    
Total assets $ 2,058,044   $ 1,910,751   $ 1,652,958   $ 1,487,529   $ 1,338,092  
Loans, net   1,516,507     1,269,521     1,169,560     1,067,197     986,359  
Securities available for sale   435,745     535,709     358,984     305,539     255,220  
Real estate owned, net   —     —     —     93     44  
Deposits   1,292,797     1,169,909     1,011,825     828,582     689,811  
Borrowed funds   584,736     578,142     493,164     513,435     508,839  
Stockholders’ equity   160,653     146,762     131,386     133,387     126,737  
Book value per share(1)(2) $ 8.35   $ 7.61   $ 6.95   $ 6.59   $ 6.07  
 
Selected Operating Data
Interest and dividend income $ 118,724   $ 112,339   $ 106,906   $ 101,899   $ 96,941  
Interest expense   52,233     52,176     54,564     59,702     57,048  
 
 
    Net interest income   66,491     60,163     52,342     42,197     39,893  
Provision for loan losses   —     —     —     —     —  
 
 
    Net interest income after provision
      for loan losses   66,491     60,163     52,342     42,197     39,893  
                               
Non-interest income:
  Net gains (losses) on sales of securities
    and loans   206     329     (4,158 )   321     (651 )
  Other income   5,737     5,956     5,667     5,737     4,509  
 
 
    Total non-interest income   5,943     6,285     1,509     6,058     3,858  
 
 
Non-interest expense   35,389     31,226     27,621     24,457     23,797  
 
 
Income before income tax provision   37,045     35,222     26,230     23,798     19,954  
Income tax provision   14,396     13,544     9,967     8,869     7,532  
 
 
    Net income $ 22,649   $ 21,678   $ 16,263   $ 14,929   $ 12,422  
 
 
Basic earnings per share(2)(3) $ 1.30   $ 1.27   $ 0.93   $ 0.81   $ 0.66  
Diluted earnings per share(2)(3) $ 1.25   $ 1.22   $ 0.90   $ 0.78   $ 0.65  
Dividends declared per share(2) $ 0.35   $ 0.28   $ 0.24   $ 0.21   $ 0.18  
Dividend payout ratio   26.9 %   22.0 %   25.7 %   25.4 %   27.3 %
 
(Footnotes on the following page)

40


At or for the year ended December 31,
 2004   2003   2002   2001   2000  
                               
Selected Financial Ratios and Other Data                    
Performance ratios:
  Return on average assets   1.13 %   1.21 %   1.03 %   1.06 %   0.96 %
  Return on average equity   14.97     15.93     12.57     11.52     10.48  
  Average equity to average assets   7.56     7.57     8.22     9.19     9.18  
  Equity to total assets   7.81     7.68     7.95     8.97     9.47  
  Interest rate spread   3.30     3.37     3.32     2.89     2.87  
  Net interest margin   3.49     3.56     3.55     3.20     3.24  
  Non-interest expense to average assets   1.77     1.74     1.76     1.74     1.84  
  Efficiency ratio   48.79     47.00     47.41     50.06     53.07  
  Average interest-earning assets to average                
      interest-bearing liabilities   1.07 x   1.06 x   1.06 x   1.07 x   1.08 x
Regulatory capital ratios:(4)  
  Tangible capital   7.89 %   8.00 %   7.74 %   7.32 %   8.02 %
  Core capital   7.89     8.00     7.74     7.32     8.02  
  Total risk-based capital   14.01     15.12     14.27     13.58     15.77  
Asset quality ratios:  
  Non-performing loans to gross loans(5)   0.06 %   0.05 %   0.31 %   0.22 %   0.16 %
  Non-performing assets to total assets(6)   0.04     0.04     0.26     0.16     0.12  
  Net charge-offs (recoveries) to average loans   —     —     —     0.01     0.01  
  Allowance for loan losses to gross loans   0.43     0.51     0.56     0.61     0.68  
  Allowance for loan losses to total
      non-performing assets(6)   717.29     960.86     153.34     272.94     404.28  
  Allowance for loan losses to total
      non-performing loans(5)   717.29     960.86     183.23     283.85     415.32  
Full-service customer facilities   10     11     10     10     10  
                               
(1)    Calculated by dividing stockholders’ equity of $160.7 million and $146.8 million at December 31, 2004    and 2003, respectively, by 19,232,248 and 19,290,601 shares outstanding at December 31, 2004 and    2003, respectively.
 
(2)    Per share data has been adjusted for the three-for-two stock splits distributed on August 30, 2001 and    December 15, 2003 in the form of a stock dividend.
 
(3)    The shares held in the Company’s Employee Benefit Trust are not included in shares outstanding for    purposes of calculating earnings per share. Unvested restricted stock awards are not included in basic    earnings per share calculations, but are included in diluted earnings per share calculations.
   
(4) The Bank exceeded all minimum regulatory capital requirements during the periods presented.
   
(5)    Non-performing loans consist of non-accrual loans and loans delinquent 90 days or more that are still    accruing.
 
(6)    Non-performing assets consist of non-performing loans, real estate owned and non-performing investment    securities.

41


Item 7.        Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

General

                 Flushing Financial Corporation (“Holding Company”), a Delaware corporation, is the parent holding company for Flushing Savings Bank, FSB (“Bank”), a federally chartered stock savings bank. The Bank was organized in 1929 as a New York State chartered mutual savings bank. In 1994, the Bank converted to a federally chartered mutual savings bank and changed its name from Flushing Savings Bank to Flushing Savings Bank, FSB. The Bank converted to a federally chartered stock savings bank in 1995. As a federal savings bank, the Bank’s primary regulator is the Office of Thrift Supervision (“OTS”). The Bank’s deposits are insured to the maximum allowable amount by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). The Bank owns three subsidiaries: Flushing Preferred Funding Corporation, Flushing Service Corporation, and FSB Properties Inc.

                 The Holding Company also owns a special purpose business trust, Flushing Financial Capital Trust I (“Trust”). During the third quarter of 2002, the Trust issued $20.0 million of floating rate capital securities. The Trust invested the proceeds from the sale of the capital securities, and the issuance of its common stock, in $20.6 million of junior subordinated debentures issued by the Holding Company. Prior to 2004, the Trust was included in the consolidated financial statements. Effective January 1, 2004, the Trust is no longer included in the consolidated financial statements as the Holding Company does not have sufficient equity at risk, as defined in FASB Interpretation No. 46R.

                 The following discussion of financial condition and results of operations includes the collective results of the Holding Company and the Bank (collectively, the “Company”), but reflects principally the Bank’s activities. Management views the Company as operating as a single unit, a community savings bank. Therefore, segment information is not provided.

                 In May 2004, the Company announced the retirement of Monica C. Passick, Senior Vice President, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer, effective July 1, 2004. Ms. Passick joined the Bank in 1979, and became the Chief Financial Officer of the Holding Company upon its formation in 1994. David W. Fry, who joined the Company in November 1998 as Vice President and Controller, succeeded Ms. Passick as Senior Vice President, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer.

                 In December 2004, the Company announced the retirement of Michael J. Hegarty, President and Chief Executive Officer, effective June 30, 2005. Mr. Hegarty has served in these positions since October 1998. He will continue as a member of the Board of Directors of the Holding Company and the Bank. John R. Buran, who joined the Company in January 2001 as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, has been named to succeed Mr. Hegarty as President and Chief Executive Officer.

Overview

                 The Company’s principal business is attracting retail deposits from the general public and investing those deposits together with funds generated from operations and borrowings, primarily in (1) originations and purchases of multi-family residential, commercial real estate and one-to-four family (focusing on mixed-use properties – properties that contain both residential dwelling units and commercial units) mortgage loans; (2) mortgage loan surrogates such as mortgage-backed securities; and (3) U.S. government and federal agency backed securities, corporate fixed-income securities and other marketable securities. To a lesser extent, the Company originates certain other loans, including construction loans, Small Business Administration loans and other small business loans.

                 The Company’s results of operations depend primarily on net interest income, which is the difference between the income earned on its interest-earning assets and the cost of its interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest income is the result of the Company’s interest rate margin, which is the difference between the average yield earned on interest-earning assets and the average cost of interest-bearing liabilities, adjusted for the difference in the average balance of interest-earning assets as compared to the average balance of interest-bearing liabilities. The Company also generates non-interest income from loan fees, service charges on deposit accounts, mortgage servicing fees, and other fees, income earned on Bank Owned Life Insurance (“BOLI”), dividends on Federal Home Bank of New York (“FHLB-NY”) stock and net gains and losses on sales of securities and loans. The Company’s operating expenses consist principally of employee compensation and benefits, occupancy and equipment costs, other general and administrative expenses and income tax expense. The Company’s results of operations also can be significantly affected by its periodic provision for loan losses and specific provision for losses on real estate owned. However, the Company has not recorded a provision since 1999.

                 Management Strategy.  Management’s strategy is to continue the Bank’s focus as a consumer-oriented institution serving its local markets. In furtherance of this objective, the Company intends to (1) continue its emphasis on


42


the origination of multi-family residential, commercial real estate and one-to-four family mixed-use property mortgage loans, (2) maintain asset quality, (3) manage deposit growth and maintain a low cost of funds, (4) manage interest rate risk, (5) explore new business opportunities, and (6) manage capital. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to effectively implement this strategy. The Company’s strategy is subject to change by the Board of Directors.

 
 
                  Multi-Family Residential, Commercial Real Estate and One-to-Four Family Lending. In recent years, the Company has emphasized the origination of higher yielding mortgage loan products. Market interest rates on mortgage loans remained low during 2004. As a result, many borrowers sought to refinance their mortgages due to the low interest rate environment. However, during the fourth quarter of 2004 the Company saw a decrease in refinancing activity. The Company has focused its origination efforts on higher yielding multi-family residential, commercial real estate and one-to-four family mixed-use property mortgage loans. The Company expects to continue this emphasis on higher yielding mortgage loan products.
 
 
                  The following table shows loan originations and purchases during 2004, and loan balances as of December 31, 2004.
 
  Loan
Originations and
Purchases		   Loan Balances
December 31,
2004		   Percent of
Gross Loans		  
 
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
  
Multi-family residential $ 203,741   $ 646,922   42.61 %
Commercial real estate   92,526     334,048   22.00
One-to-four family – mixed-use properties   136,804     332,805   21.92
One-to-four family – residential   17,699     151,737   10.00  
Construction   25,923     31,460   2.07  
Co-operative apartments   302     3,132   0.21  
Other loans   18,595     18,138   1.19
 
 
 
Total $ 495,590   $ 1,518,242   100.00 %
 
 
 
           
 
                 The Company’s increased emphasis on multi-family residential, commercial real estate and one-to-four family mixed-use property mortgage loans has increased the overall level of credit risk inherent in the Company’s loan portfolio. The greater risk associated with multi-family, commercial real estate and one-to-four family mixed-use property mortgage loans could require the Company to increase its provisions for loan losses and to maintain an allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans in excess of the allowance currently maintained by the Company. To date, the Company has not experienced significant losses in its multi-family residential, commercial real estate and one-to-four family mixed-use property mortgage loan portfolios, and has determined that, at this time, additional provisions are not required.
 
                   Maintain Asset Quality.  By adherence to its strict underwriting standards the Bank has been able to minimize net losses from impaired loans with net charge-offs of $20,000 and $28,000 for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The Company has maintained the strength of its loan portfolio, as evidenced by the Company’s ratio of its allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans of 717.29% and 960.86% at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The Company seeks to maintain its loans in performing status through, among other things, strict collection efforts, and consistently monitors non-performing assets in an effort to return them to performing status. To this end, management reviews the quality of loans and reports to the Loan Committee of the Board of Directors of the Bank on a monthly basis. From time to time, the Company has sold and may continue to make sales of delinquent mortgage loans. The Bank sold eleven delinquent mortgage loans totaling $4.3 million and sixteen delinquent mortgage loans totaling $6.1 million during the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The terms of these loan sales included cash due upon closing of the sale, no contingencies or recourse to the Bank, servicing is released to the buyer and time is of the essence. The Bank did not incur any gains or losses in connection with these sales. There can be no assurances that the Bank will continue this strategy in future periods, or if continued, we will be able to find buyers to pay adequate consideration. Non-performing assets amounted to $0.9 million and $0.7 million at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. Non-performing assets as a percentage of total assets were 0.04% at December 31, 2004, the same as that at December 31, 2003.
   
 
                 Managing Deposit Growth and Maintaining Low Cost of Funds.  The Company has a relatively stable retail deposit base drawn from its market area through its ten full-service offices. Although the Company seeks to retain existing deposits and maintain depositor relationships by offering quality service and competitive

43


 
interest rates to its customers, the Company also seeks to keep deposit growth within reasonable limits and its strategic plan. Management intends to balance its goal to maintain competitive interest rates on deposits while seeking to manage its overall cost of funds to finance its strategies. The Company generally relies on its deposit base as its principal source of funding. However, the Bank is also a member of the FHLB-NY, which provides it with an additional source of borrowing. These borrowings help the Company fund asset growth and increase net interest income. During 2004, the Company realized an increase in due to depositors of $117.7 million and an increase in borrowed funds of $6.6 million.
 
 
                 Managing Interest Rate Risk.  The Company seeks to manage its interest rate risk by actively reviewing the repricing and maturities of its interest rate sensitive assets and liabilities. The mix of loans originated by the Company (fixed or ARM) is determined in large part by borrowers’ preferences and prevailing market conditions. The Company seeks to manage the interest rate risk of the loan portfolio by actively managing its security portfolio and borrowings. By adjusting the mix of fixed and adjustable rate securities, as well as the maturities of the securities, the Company has the ability to manage the combined interest rate sensitivity of its assets. See “ – Interest Rate Sensitivity Analysis”. Additionally, the Company seeks to balance the interest rate sensitivity of its assets by managing the maturities of its liabilities. During 2004, in response to the low interest rate environment, the Bank extended the maturity of borrowings as they matured, and focused on attracting longer-term certificates of deposit. Management believes that the interest-rate exposure of the Company has been reduced by implementing these strategies.
 
 
                 Exploring New Business Opportunities. The Company has in the past increased growth through acquisitions of financial institutions and branches of other financial institutions, and will continue to pursue growth through acquisitions that are, or are expected to be within a reasonable time frame, accretive to earnings. The Company has also opened new branches, the most recent of which was opened in Astoria, Queens in October 2003. The Company does not currently have plans to acquire another financial institution, but does continue to evaluate the feasibility of opening additional branches.
 
                   Managing Capital. The Bank faces several minimum capital requirements imposed by the OTS. These requirements limit the dividends the Bank is allowed to pay to the Holding Company, and can limit the annual growth of the Bank. As part of the Company’s strategy to find ways to best utilize its available capital, during 2004, Flushing Financial Corporation continued its stock repurchase programs by repurchasing 520,600 shares of its common stock. During the third quarter of 2004, the Company completed its eleventh stock repurchase program and announced the approval of a new stock repurchase program authorizing the purchase of an additional 1,000,000 shares. At December 31, 2004, the Company had 224,448 shares held in treasury and 19,232,248 shares outstanding. At December 31, 2004, 919,350 shares remain to be repurchased under the current stock repurchase program.
   

                Common Stock Split. On November 18, 2003, the Board of Directors of the Company declared a three-for-two stock split of the Company’s common stock in the form of a 50% stock dividend, which was paid on December 15, 2003. Each stockholder received one additional share for every two shares of the Company’s common stock held at the record date, December 1, 2003. Cash was paid in lieu of fractional shares. The Company issued 6,430,058 shares of its common stock, of which 1,011,660 shares had been held as treasury stock. Share and per share amounts in this Annual Report have been restated to reflect this three-for-two stock split paid on December 15, 2003.

                 Trends and Contingencies. The Company’s operating results are significantly affected by national and local economic and competitive conditions, including changes in market interest rates, the strength of the local economy, government policies and actions of regulatory authorities. As interest rates remained low during 2004, we remained strategically focused on the origination of multi-family residential, commercial real estate and one-to-four family mixed-use property mortgage loans. As a result of this strategy, we were able to achieve a higher yield on our mortgage portfolio than we would have otherwise experienced.

                 Prevailing interest rates affect the extent to which borrowers repay and refinance loans. In a declining interest rate environment, such as that experienced in recent years, the number of loan prepayments and loan refinancings tends to increase, as do prepayments of mortgage-backed securities. Call provisions associated with the Company’s investment in U.S. government agency and corporate securities may also adversely affect yield in a declining interest rate environment. Such prepayments and calls may adversely affect the yield of the Company’s loan portfolio and mortgage-backed and other securities as the Company reinvests the prepaid funds in a lower interest rate environment. However, the Company typically receives additional loan fees when existing loans are refinanced, which partially offsets the reduced yield on the Company’s loan portfolio resulting from prepayments. In periods of low interest rates, the

44


Company’s level of core deposits also may decline if depositors seek higher yielding instruments or other investments not offered by the Company, which in turn may increase the Company’s cost of funds and decrease its net interest margin to the extent alternative funding sources are utilized. By contrast, an increasing interest rate environment would tend to extend the average lives of lower yielding fixed rate mortgages and mortgage-backed securities, which could adversely affect net interest income. In addition, depositors tend to open longer term, higher costing certificate of deposit accounts which could adversely affect the Bank’s net interest income if rates were to subsequently decline. Additionally, adjustable rate residential mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities generally contain interim and lifetime caps that limit the amount the interest rate can increase at re-pricing dates.

                 During 2004, the Company experienced many of the trends associated with a declining interest-rate environment discussed above. Many of the Bank’s mortgagors chose to refinance their loans. We saw a significant number of our mortgagors refinancing with other institutions. However, contrary to the trends discussed above, we saw an increase in due to depositors of $117.7 million during 2004. Management believes that the increase in due to depositors is attributed in part to the Bank’s marketing efforts, which focused on rates offered on select deposit products. Combining the increase in deposits with higher than anticipated loan prepayments, we experienced an increase in our cash flow. Strong demand for our loan products in 2004 allowed us to invest these funds in higher yielding mortgage loans. At December 31, 2004, we had loans in process of $170.0 million.

                 For the year ended December 31, 2004, certificates of deposit increased $109.6 million, while lower costing deposits increased $8.2 million. Due to this growth in deposits, borrowed funds only increased $6.6 million during 2004. The cost of funds declined to 3.00% in the fourth quarter of 2004 from 3.03% in the fourth quarter of 2003.

                 As a result of the low interest-rate environment during the past four years, the yield on our total interest-earning assets declined 42 basis points during 2004 from 2003. This was partially offset by a 35 basis point decline in the cost of our total interest-bearing liabilities. This resulted in a decrease of 7 basis points in the net interest spread to 3.30% for the year ended December 31, 2004 from 3.37% for the year ended December 31, 2003. The net interest rate margin declined 7 basis points to 3.49% for the year ended December 31, 2004 from 3.56% for the year ended December 31, 2003. The net interest margin declined to 3.35% in the fourth quarter of 2004 from 3.67% in the fourth quarter of 2003.

                 We are unable to predict the direction of future interest rate changes. Should interest rates increase during 2005, we could see a reversal of some of the trends we experienced in 2004. We could see an increase in the cost of our existing deposit accounts and in obtaining new funds. However, approximately 68% of the Company’s certificates of deposit accounts and borrowed funds do not reprice or mature during the next year. As a result, the average cost of our interest-bearing liabilities may not immediately reflect the full effect of an increasing interest-rate environment. Also, in an increasing interest rate environment, mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities with lower rates do not usually prepay as quickly. A reduction in the level of our mortgagors refinancing their loans would reduce prepayment penalties we receive, resulting in a reduction in the yield on our mortgage portfolio and net interest income, such as seen in the fourth quarter of 2004. In a rising interest rate environment, this could result in our cost of funds increasing more than the yield on our interest-earning assets.

                 During 2004, the nation’s economy was generally considered to be expanding. Yet, world events, particularly the “War on Terror” and the U. S. dollar’s decline against other currencies, continued to have an effect on the economic recovery. These economic conditions can result in borrowers defaulting on their loans, or withdrawing their funds on deposit at the Bank to meet their financial obligations. While we have not seen a significant increase in delinquent loans, and have seen an increase in deposits, we cannot predict the effect of these economic conditions on the Company’s financial condition or operating results.

Interest Rate Sensitivity Analysis

                 A financial institution’s exposure to the risks of changing interest rates may be analyzed, in part, by examining the extent to which its assets and liabilities are “interest rate sensitive” and by monitoring the institution’s interest rate sensitivity “gap”. An asset or liability is said to be interest rate sensitive within a specific time period if it will mature or reprice within that time period. The interest rate sensitivity gap is defined as the difference between the amount of interest-earning assets maturing or repricing within a specific time period and the amount of interest-bearing liabilities maturing or repricing within that time period. A gap is considered positive when the amount of interest-earning assets maturing or repricing exceeds the amount of interest-bearing liabilities maturing or repricing within the same period. A gap is considered negative when the amount of interest-bearing liabilities maturing or repricing exceeds the amount of interest-earning assets maturing or repricing within the same period. Accordingly, a positive gap may enhance net interest income in a rising rate environment and reduce net interest income in a falling rate environment. Conversely, a


45


negative gap may enhance net interest income in a falling rate environment and reduce net interest income in a rising rate environment.

                 The table below sets forth the amounts of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities outstanding at December 31, 2004 which are anticipated by the Company, based upon certain assumptions, to reprice or mature in each of the future time periods shown. Except as stated below, the amount of assets and liabilities shown which reprice or mature during a particular period was determined in accordance with the earlier of the term to repricing or the contractual terms of the asset or liability. Prepayment assumptions for mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities are based on industry averages, which generally range from 6% to 40%, depending on the contractual rate of interest and the underlying collateral. Passbook and Money Market accounts were assumed to have a withdrawal or “run-off” rate of 5%, based on historical experience. While management believes that these assumptions are indicative of actual prepayments and withdrawals experienced by the Company, there is no guarantee that these trends will continue in the future.

 
 
 
Interest Rate Sensitivity Gap Analysis at December 31, 2004
 
 
Three
Months
And Less		 More Than
Three
Months to
One Year		 More Than
One Year
To Three
Years		 More Than
Three Years
To Five
Years		 More Than
Five Years
To Ten
Years		 More Than
Ten Years		 Total  
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Interest-Earning Assets                            
Mortgage loans $ 139,527   $ 317,155   $ 573,488   $ 336,627   $ 126,682   $ 6,625   $ 1,500,104  
Other loans   7,904     5,420     4,675     131     8     —     18,138  
Short-term securities(1)   1,186     —     —     —     —     —     1,186  
Securities available for sale:  
 Mortgage-backed securities   15,190     39,964     109,557     89,551     111,699     29,668     395,629  
 Other   21,767     —     222     5,000     7,868     5,259     40,116  
 
 
   Total interest-earning assets   185,574     362,539     687,942     431,309     246,257     41,552     1,955,173  
 
 
 
Interest-Bearing Liabilities  
Passbook accounts   2,710     8,130     20,079     18,121     37,944     129,788     216,772  
NOW accounts   —     —     —     —     —     48,463     48,463  
Money market accounts   3,228     9,684     23,919     21,587     45,203     154,614     258,235  
Certificate of deposit
   accounts		   68,560     197,487     287,685     119,005     30,577     —     703,314  
Mortgagors’ escrow deposits   —     —     —     —     —     16,473     16,473  
Borrowed funds   120,619     30,900     228,000     155,000     50,217     —     584,736  
 
 
   Total interest-bearing
      liabilities(2)		 $ 195,117   $ 246,201   $ 559,683   $ 313,713   $ 163,941   $ 349,338   $ 1,827,993  
 
 
Interest rate sensitivity gap $ (9,543 ) $ 116,338   $ 128,259   $ 117,596   $ 82,316   $ (307,786 ) $ 127,180  
Cumulative interest-rate
   sensitivity gap		 $ (9,543 ) $ 106,795   $ 235,054   $ 352,650   $ 434,966   $ 127,180        
Cumulative interest-
   rate sensitivity gap		  
   as a percentage of total
   assets		   (0.46 )%   5.19 %   11.42 %   17.14 %   21.13 %   6.18 %      
Cumulative net interest-
   earning assets		  
   as a percentage of interest-
    bearing liabilities   95.11 %   124.20 %   123.48 %   126.82 %   129.42 %   106.96 %      
   
(1) Consists of interest-earning deposits and federal funds sold.
   
(2) Does not include non-interest-bearing demand accounts totaling $49.5 million at December 31, 2004.
   
                 Certain shortcomings are inherent in the method of analysis presented in the foregoing table. For example, although certain assets and liabilities may have similar estimated maturities or periods to repricing, they may react in differing degrees to changes in market interest rates and may bear rates that differ in varying degrees from the rates that would apply upon maturity and reinvestment or upon repricing. Also, the interest rates on certain types of assets and liabilities may fluctuate in advance of changes in market interest rates, while interest rates on other types may lag behind changes in market rates. Additionally, certain assets, such as ARM loans, have features that restrict changes in interest rates on a short-term basis and over the life of the asset. Further, in the event of a significant change in the level of interest rates, prepayments on loans and mortgage-backed securities, and deposit withdrawal or “run-off” levels, would likely

46


deviate materially from those assumed in calculating the above table. In the event of an interest rate increase, some borrowers may be unable to meet the increased payments on their adjustable-rate debt. The interest rate sensitivity analysis assumes that the nature of the Company’s assets and liabilities remains static. Interest rates may have an effect on customer preferences for deposits and loan products. Finally, the maturity and repricing characteristics of many assets and liabilities as set forth in the above table are not governed by contract but rather by management’s best judgment based on current market conditions and anticipated business strategies.

Interest Rate Risk

                 The Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, which requires the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars without considering the changes in fair value of certain investments due to changes in interest rates. Generally, the fair value of financial investments such as loans and securities fluctuates inversely with changes in interest rates. As a result, increases in interest rates could result in decreases in the fair value of the Company’s interest-earning assets which could adversely affect the Company’s results of operations if such assets were sold, or, in the case of securities classified as available-for-sale, decreases in the Company’s stockholders’ equity, if such securities were retained.

                 The Company manages the mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities on a continuous basis to maximize return and adjust its exposure to interest rate risk. On a quarterly basis, management prepares the “Earnings and Economic Exposure to Changes in Interest Rate” report for review by the Board of Directors, as summarized below. This report quantifies the potential changes in net interest income and net portfolio value should interest rates go up or down (shocked) 300 basis points, assuming the yield curves of the rate shocks will be parallel to each other. The OTS currently places its focus on the net portfolio value ratio, focusing on a rate shock up or down of 200 basis points. The OTS uses the change in Net Portfolio Value Ratio to measure the interest rate sensitivity of the Company. Net portfolio value is defined as the market value of assets net of the market value of liabilities. The market value of assets and liabilities is determined using a discounted cash flow calculation. The net portfolio value ratio is the ratio of the net portfolio value to the market value of assets. All changes in income and value are measured as percentage changes from the projected net interest income and net portfolio value at the base interest rate scenario. The base interest rate scenario assumes interest rates at December 31, 2004. Various estimates regarding prepayment assumptions are made at each level of rate shock. Actual results could differ significantly from these estimates. At December 31, 2004, the Company is within the guidelines established by the Board of Directors for each interest rate level.


Projected Percentage Change In  
 
   
Change in Interest Rate Net Interest Income     Net Portfolio Value   Net Portfolio
Value Ratio		  
 
 
2004
    
2003
    
2004
    
2003
     2004     2003  
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
-300 basis points -19.13 %   -20.34 %   -14.13 %   -22.21 %   8.82 %   7.76 %
-200 basis points -6.71     -6.81     -6.47     -11.49     9.69     8.90  
-100 basis points -1.25     -0.53     -0.95     -0.74     10.39     10.08  
Base interest rate
—
    
—
    
—
    
—
     10.67     10.34  
+100 basis points -2.85     -4.01     -7.12     -8.33     10.16     9.73  
+200 basis points -6.94     -9.52     -17.38     -19.92     9.29     8.75  
+300 basis points -12.30     -16.13     -28.48     -33.33     8.27     7.51  
 

Analysis of Net Interest Income

                 Net interest income represents the difference between income on interest-earning assets and expense on interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest income depends upon the relative amount of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and the interest rate earned or paid on them.

                 The following table sets forth certain information relating to the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition and the Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, and reflects the average yield on assets and average cost of liabilities for the periods indicated. Such yields and costs are derived by dividing income or expense by the average balance of assets or liabilities, respectively, for the periods shown. Average balances are derived from average daily balances. The yields include amortization of fees that are considered adjustments to yields.

47


For the years ended December 31,  
 
 
2004   2003   2002  
 
 
 
 
Average
Balance		   Interest   Average
Yield/
Cost		   Average
Balance		   Interest   Average
Yield/
Cost 		  Average
Balance 		  Interest   Average
Yield/
Cost 		 
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)  
Interest-earning assets:                                    
  Mortgage loans, net (1)(2) $ 1,376,685   $ 97,367     7.07 % $ 1,198,720   $ 92,922     7.75 % $ 1,118,016   $ 89,978     8.05 %
  Other loans, net (1)(2)   12,742     787     6.18     8,647     554     6.41     7,293     523     7.17  
     Total loans, net   1,389,427     98,154     7.06     1,207,367     93,476     7.74     1,125,309     90,501     8.04  
  Mortgage-backed                                                      
     securities   447,209     18,516     4.14     416,851     16,998     4.08     247,733     13,342     5.39  
  Other securities   52,621     1,836     3.49     50,274     1,699     3.38     62,110     2,436     3.92  
     Total securities   499,830     20,352     4.07     467,125     18,697     4.00     309,843     15,778     5.09  
  Interest-earning deposits                                                      
   and federal funds sold   18,066     218     1.21     16,708     166     0.99     39,798     627     1.58  
Total interest-earning                                                      
   assets   1,907,323     118,724     6.22     1,691,200     112,339     6.64     1,474,950     106,906     7.25  
       
       
       
 
Other assets   95,231               106,564             98,201              
 
             
             
             
     Total assets $ 2,002,554             $ 1,797,764           $ 1,573,151            
 
             
             
             
                                                       
Interest-bearing                                                      
   liabilities:                                                      
  Deposits:                                                      
   Passbook accounts $ 218,336     1,092     0.50   $ 217,435     1,611     0.74   $ 208,250     3,147     1.51  
   NOW accounts   44,103     221     0.50     40,483     257     0.63     36,054     321     0.89  
   Money market accounts   279,952     5,122     1.83     229,141     4,758     2.08     126,431     3,039     2.40  
   Certificate of deposit                                                      
       accounts   644,328     22,487     3.49     570,208     20,835     3.65     507,104     21,640     4.27  
     Total due to depositors   1,186,719     28,922     2.44     1,057,267     27,461     2.60     877,839     28,147     3.21  
  Mortgagors’ escrow                                                      
      accounts   20,482     50     0.24     15,018     60     0.40     15,064     57     0.38  
    Total  interest-bearing                                                      
      deposits   1,207,201     28,972     2.40     1,072,285     27,521     2.57     892,903     28,204     3.16  
  Other borrowed funds   580,550     23,261     4.01     524,871     24,655     4.70     496,964     26,360     5.30  
Total interest-bearing                                                      
   liabilities   1,787,751     52,233     2.92     1,597,156     52,176     3.27     1,389,867     54,564     3.93  
Non interest-bearing                                                      
   demand deposits   45,093                 36,054               29,827              
Other liabilities   18,415                 28,486               24,078              
 
             
             
             
     Total liabilities   1,851,259                 1,661,696               1,443,772              
Equity   151,295                 136,068               129,379              
 
             
             
             
     Total liabilities and                                                      
       equity $ 2,002,554               $ 1,797,764             $ 1,573,151            
 
             
             
             
Net interest income/ net                                                      
   interest rate spread (3)       $ 66,491     3.30 %       $ 60,163     3.37 %       $ 52,342     3.32 %
                   
       
       
       
 
Net interest-earning                                                      
   assets/net interest                                                      
   margin (4) $ 119,572           3.49 % $ 94,044           3.56 % $ 85,083           3.55 %
                   
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
Ratio of interest-earning                                                      
   assets to interest-                                                      
   bearing liabilities               1.07 x               1.06 x               1.06 x
             
             
             
 
   
(1) Average balances include non-accrual loans.
   
(2)    Loan interest income includes loan fee income (which includes net amortization of deferred fees and costs, late charges, and prepayment penalties) of approximately $4.6 million, $4.8 million and $2.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.
 
(3)    Interest rate spread represents the difference between the average rate on interest-earning assets and the average cost of interest-bearing liabilities
 
(4)    Net interest margin represents net interest income before the provision for loan losses divided by average interest-earning assets.

48


Rate/Volume Analysis

                 The following table presents the impact of changes in interest rates and in the volume of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities on the Company’s interest income and interest expense during the periods indicated. Information is provided in each category with respect to (1) changes attributable to changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by the prior rate), (2) changes attributable to changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied by the prior volume) and (3) the net change. The changes attributable to the combined impact of volume and rate have been allocated proportionately to the changes due to volume and the changes due to rate.

 
  Increase (Decrease) in Net Interest Income  
 
 
  Year Ended December 31, 2004
Compared to
Year Ended December 31, 2003		   Year Ended December 31, 2003
Compared to
Year Ended December 31, 2002		  
 
 
 
Due to Due to
 
 
 
  Volume   Rate   Net   Volume   Rate   Net  
     
   
   
   
   
   
 
(Dollars in thousands)  
Interest-Earning Assets:                          
Mortgage loans, net   $ 13,040   $ (8,595 ) $ 4,445   $ 6,366   $ (3,422 ) $ 2,944  
Other loans, net     254     (21 )   233     90     (59 )   31  
Mortgage-backed securities     1,263     255     1,518     7,482     (3,826 )   3,656  
Other securities     81     56     137     (428 )   (309 )   (737 )
Interest-earning deposits and
  federal funds sold		     14     38     52     (280 )   (181 )   (461 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
     Total interest-earning assets     14,652     (8,267 )   6,385     13,230     (7,797 )   5,433  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest-Bearing Liabilities:  
Deposits:  
  Passbook accounts     7     (526 )   (519 )   133     (1,669 )   (1,536 )
  NOW accounts     21     (57 )   (36 )   36     (100 )   (64 )
  Money market accounts     979     (615 )   364     2,172     (453 )   1,719  
  Certificate of deposit accounts     2,600     (948 )   1,652     2,531     (3,336 )   (805 )
  Mortgagors’ escrow accounts     18     (28 )   (10 )   —     3     3  
Other borrowed funds     2,454     (3,848 )   (1,394 )   1,412     (3,117 )   (1,705 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
     Total interest-bearing liabilities     6,079     (6,022 )   57     6,284     (8,672 )   (2,388 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                       
Net change in net interest income   $ 8,573   $ (2,245 ) $ 6,328   $ 6,946   $ 875   $ 7,821  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Comparison of Operating Results for the Years Ended December 31, 2004 and 2003

                 General.  Diluted earnings per share increased 2.5% to $1.25 for the year ended December 31, 2004 from $1.22 for the year ended December 31, 2003. Net income increased $1.0 million, or 4.5%, to $22.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 from $21.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. This was due to a $6.3 million increase in net interest income, partially offset by an increase in non-interest expense of $4.2 million. As a result of the increased net income before income taxes, there was a $0.9 million increase in income tax expense. The increase in non-interest expense includes $1.1 million in expense recorded in the first quarter of 2004, relating to an adjustment of compensation expense for certain of the Company’s restricted stock awards and supplemental retirement benefits to reflect that certain participants under these plans have reached, or are close to reaching, retirement eligibility, at which time awards fully vest. Although this adjustment relates to prior periods, the amount of the charge attributable to any prior year would not have been material to the Company’s financial condition or results of operations as reported for that year. Non-interest expense also includes $0.2 million and $0.8 million, recorded in the second and fourth quarters of 2004, respectively, to reflect amounts due under retirement agreements with the Chief Financial Officer and Chief Executive Officer, respectively. In addition, non-interest expense in 2004 includes $0.4 million of costs incurred to comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

                 Return on average assets declined to 1.13% for the year ended December 31, 2004 from 1.21% for the year ended December 31, 2003. Return on average equity decreased to 14.97% for the year ended December 31, 2004 from 15.93% for the year ended December 31, 2003.

                 Interest Income.  Interest income increased $6.4 million, or 5.7%, to $118.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 from $112.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. This increase is primarily the result of a $216.1 million increase in the average balance of interest-earning assets during 2004 compared to 2003. The average


49


balance of loans, securities and interest-earning deposits increased $182.1 million, $32.7 million and $1.4 million, respectively.

                  The yield on interest-earning assets declined 42 basis points to 6.22% during 2004 from 6.64% during 2003. Interest and fees on loans increased $4.7 million primarily as a result of the increase in the average balance. The yield on loans decreased 68 basis points to 7.06% during 2004 from 7.74% during 2003. Our focus on the origination of higher yielding multi-family residential and commercial real estate mortgage loans, along with the origination of one-to-four family mixed-use property mortgage loans, allowed us to maintain a higher yield on our loan portfolio than we would have otherwise experienced, despite the declining interest rate environment during the past three years, the effect of which further lowered the yield on assets during 2004. The Bank’s existing borrowers have been refinancing their higher costing mortgage loans at the current lower rates, which has resulted in a decrease in the yield of the mortgage portfolio. This decrease has been partially offset by prepayment penalties that have been collected. Interest income includes $4.3 million and $4.6 million in prepayment penalties collected during the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. A decrease in refinancing activity would result in a decrease in prepayment penalties collected by the Bank, and would result in a decrease in the yield on the mortgage portfolio. The Bank experienced a decline in refinancing activity during the fourth quarter of 2004 as compared to both the first three quarters of 2004 and the fourth quarter of 2003. Excluding prepayment penalties from interest income, the yield on loans would have been 6.76% and 7.37%, and the yield on total interest-earning assets would have been 6.00% and 6.37%, in each case, for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

                   The increase in interest income from securities is due to a $32.7 million increase in the average balance for the year ended December 31, 2004 to $499.8 million, combined with a seven basis point increase in the yield to 4.07% during 2004 from 4.00% during 2003. The increase in the average balance of the securities portfolio, while increasing net interest income, reduced the yield on total interest-earning assets. The Bank’s current strategy is to reduce the lower-yielding securities portfolio and shift these funds to the higher-yielding mortgage loan portfolio. The increase in interest income from interest-earning deposits and federal funds sold is due to an increase in their average balance and yield during 2004 compared to 2003

                 Interest Expense.   Interest expense was $52.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, the same as for the year ended December 31, 2003. The increase of $190.6 million in the average balance of interest-bearing liabilities was offset by a 35 basis point decline in the cost of interest-bearing liabilities to 2.92% for the year ended December 31, 2004 from 3.27% for the year ended December 31, 2003. The decrease in the cost of funds is primarily due to the declining interest rate environment experienced during the past three years, the effect of which further lowered the cost of funds during 2004. This was coupled with an increase in the average balance of lower costing core deposits.

                 The average balance for due to depositors increased $129.5 million to $1,186.7 million for 2004. The cost of these deposits decreased 16 basis points to 2.44% during 2004, as decreases in cost were seen in all categories of deposits due to the declining interest rate environment experienced during the past three years, the effect of which further lowered the cost of funds during 2004. The average balance for borrowed funds increased $55.7 million to $580.6 million for 2004 from $524.9 million for 2003. The cost of borrowed funds decreased 69 basis points to 4.01% during 2004.

                 Net Interest Income. Net interest income for the year ended December 31, 2004 totaled $66.5 million, an increase of $6.3 million, or 10.5%, from $60.2 million for 2003. The net interest spread declined seven basis points to 3.30% for 2004 from 3.37% in 2003, as the yield on interest-earning assets declined 42 basis points while the cost of interest-bearing liabilities declined 35 basis points. The net interest margin declined seven basis points to 3.49% for the year ended December 31, 2004 from 3.56% for the year ended December 31, 2003. Excluding prepayment penalty income, the net interest margin would have been 3.26% and 3.29% for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

                 Provision for Loan Losses. There was no provision for loan losses for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003. In assessing the adequacy of the Company’s allowance for loan losses, management considers the Company’s historical loss experience, recent trends in losses, collection policies and collection experience, trends in the volume of non-performing loans, changes in the composition and volume of the gross loan portfolio, and local and national economic conditions. In recent years, the Bank has seen a significant improvement in its loss experience. By adherence to its strict underwriting standards the Bank has been able to minimize net losses from impaired loans with net charge-offs of $20,000 and $28,000 for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. There has also been an improvement in local economic conditions and real estate values in recent years. As a result of these improvements, and despite the growth in the loan portfolio, primarily in multi-family residential, commercial, and one-to-four family mixed-use property mortgage loans, no provision for loan losses was deemed necessary for the years ended December 31, 2004


50


and 2003. The ratio of non-performing loans to gross loans was 0.06% at December 31, 2004 compared to 0.05% at December 31, 2003. The allowance for loan losses as percentage of non-performing loans was 717.29% and 960.86% at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The ratio of allowance for loan losses to gross loans was 0.43% and 0.51% at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively

                 Non-Interest Income. Non-interest income for the year ended December 31, 2004 decreased $0.3 million to $5.9 million from $6.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. Loan fees increased $0.1 million to $1.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 from $1.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, primarily due to an increase in miscellaneous fees collected at the time mortgage loans paid-in-full prior to their maturity date. Dividends received on FHLB-NY stock decreased $0.5 million to $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 from $0.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. The FHLB-NY had suspended payment of dividends in the fourth quarter of 2003, but resumed payment of dividends in the first quarter of 2004 at a reduced level. The year ended December 31, 2004 also includes an impairment write-down of $0.1 million on an investment in an equity mutual fund, as management has determined that the decline in market value of the fund is other than temporary.

                Non-Interest Expense.  Non-interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2004 totaled $35.4 million, representing an increase of $4.2 million, or 13.3%, from the year ended December 31, 2003. Salaries and employee benefits and other operating expenses increased $0.9 million and $0.2 million, respectively, as a result of the adjustment to amortization of compensation expense for certain of the Company’s restricted stock awards and supplemental retirement benefits during the first quarter of 2004. The second quarter of 2004 included the expensing of $0.4 million for certain restricted stock unit awards at the time of grant as the participants have no risk of forfeiture, and the retirement payment of $0.2 million to the Chief Financial Officer. In addition, the fourth quarter of 2004 includes the accrual of $0.8 million payable to the Company’s President upon his retirement effective June 30, 2005. Professional service fees increased $0.4 million due to costs incurred to comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The remaining increase from the prior year period is primarily attributable to the Bank’s continued focus on expanding its current product offerings to enhance its ability to serve its customers, including increases in personnel to provide these services, and, in 2004, a full year of operating expenses for the branch in Astoria, Queens, which was opened in the fourth quarter of 2003. The year ended December 31, 2004 also includes the costs associated with relocating and occupying new executive offices in Lake Success, NY, which was completed in the third quarter of 2004. Management continues to monitor expenditures resulting in an efficiency ratio of 48.8 percent and 47.0 percent for the year ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

                 Income Tax Provisions. Income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2004 increased $0.9 million to $14.4 million, compared to $13.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. This increase is primarily attributed to the increase of $1.8 million in income before income taxes. The effective tax rate was 38.9% for the year ended December 31, 2004 compared to 38.5% for the year ended December 31, 2003.

Comparison of Operating Results for the Years Ended December 31, 2003 and 2002

                 General.  Diluted earnings per share increased 35.6% to $1.22 for the year ended December 31, 2003 from $0.90 for the year ended December 31, 2002. Net income increased $5.4 million, or 33.3%, to $21.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2003 from $16.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2002. This was due to increases in net interest income and non-interest income of $7.8 million and $4.8 million, respectively, partially offset by an increase in non-interest expense of $3.6 million. As a result of the increased net income before income taxes, there was a $3.6 million increase in income tax expense. The increase in non-interest income was primarily attributed to a $4.4 million pre-tax ($2.6 million on an after-tax basis) impairment write-down of the Bank’s investment in a WorldCom, Inc. senior note during the second quarter of 2002.

                 Return on average assets increased to 1.21% for the year ended December 31, 2003 from 1.03% for the year ended December 31, 2002. Return on average equity increased to 15.93% for the year ended December 31, 2003 from 12.57% for the year ended December 31, 2002.

                 Interest Income.  Interest income increased $5.4 million, or 5.1%, to $112.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2003 from $106.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2002. This increase was primarily the result of a $216.3 million increase in the average balance of interest-earning assets during 2003 compared to 2002. The average balance of mortgage loans, net and mortgage-backed securities increased $80.7 million and $169.1 million, respectively. These increases were partially offset by an $11.8 million and $23.1 million decrease in the average balance of other securities and interest earning deposits and federal funds sold, respectively. The yield on interest-earning assets declined 61 basis points to 6.64% during 2003 from 7.25% during 2002. Interest and fees on loans increased $3.0 million primarily as a result of the increase in the average balance. The yield on loans decreased 30 basis points to 7.74% during


51


2003 from 8.04% during 2002. The Bank’s focus on the origination of higher yielding multi-family residential and commercial real estate mortgage loans, along with the origination of one-to-four family mixed-use property mortgage loans, allowed the Bank to maintain a higher yield on our loan portfolio than we would have otherwise experienced, despite the declining interest rate environment experienced during the three years ended December 31, 2003. The yield on mortgage loans reflects the high refinancing activity that occurred during 2003. The Bank’s existing borrowers were refinancing their higher costing mortgage loans at the then current lower rates, which resulted in a decrease on the yield of the mortgage portfolio. This decrease was partially offset by prepayment penalties collected. A decrease in refinancing activity would result in a decrease in prepayment penalties collected by the Bank, and would result in a decrease in the yield on the mortgage portfolio. The increase in interest income from mortgage-backed securities was due to a $169.1 million increase in the average balances of mortgage-backed securities for the year ended December 31, 2003 to $416.9 million, partially offset by a 131 basis point decline in the yield to 4.08% during 2003 from 5.39% during 2002. The increase in the average balance of mortgage-backed securities was partially due to a leveraging strategy implemented in June 2003. Due to the attractive low rates that were available for medium-term borrowings, the Company borrowed $60.0 million in June 2003 and invested the proceeds in mortgage-backed securities with an initial spread of approximately 180 basis points. The decrease in interest and dividends on other securities and interest-earning deposits and federal funds sold was due to a decrease their average balances and yield, as funds previously held in these categories were reinvested in higher yielding assets. If prepayment penalty income for 2003 had been the same amount as that for 2002, the yield on mortgage loans would have been 7.55%, and the yield on interest-earning assets would have been 6.50% for 2003.

                 Interest Expense.   Interest expense decreased $2.4 million, or 4.4%, to $52.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2003 from $54.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2002. The decrease in interest expense was due to a 66 basis point decline in the cost of interest-bearing liabilities, partially offset by a $207.3 million increase in the average balance of total interest-bearing liabilities to $1.60 billion during 2003. The decrease in the cost of funds was primarily due to the declining interest rate environment experienced during the three years ended December 31, 2003, the effect of which further lowered the cost of funds during 2003. This was coupled with an increase in the average balance of lower costing core deposits.

                 The average balance for due to depositors increased $179.4 million to $1,057.3 million for 2003. The cost of these deposits decreased 61 basis points to 2.60% during 2003, as decreases in cost were seen in all categories of deposits due to the declining interest rate environment experienced during the three years ended December 31, 2003. The average balance for borrowed funds increased $27.9 million to $524.9 million for 2003 from $497.0 million for 2002. The cost of borrowed funds decreased 60 basis points to 4.70% during 2003.

                 Net Interest Income. Net interest income for the year ended December 31, 2003 totaled $60.2 million, an increase of $7.8 million, or 14.9%, from $52.3 million for 2002. The net interest spread improved five basis points to 3.37% for 2003 from 3.32% in 2002, as the yield on interest-earning assets declined 61 basis points while the cost of interest-bearing liabilities declined 66 basis points. The net interest margin improved one basis point to 3.56% for the year ended December 31, 2003 from 3.55% for the year ended December 31, 2002. If prepayment penalty income for 2003 had been the same amount as that for 2002, the net interest margin would have been 3.41% for 2003.

                 Provision for Loan Losses. There was no provision for loan losses for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002. The ratio of non-performing loans to gross loans was 0.05% at December 31, 2003 compared to 0.31% at December 31, 2002. The allowance for loan losses as percentage of non-performing loans was 960.86% and 183.23% at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. The ratio of allowance for loan losses to gross loans was 0.51% and 0.56% at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. The Company experienced net charge-offs of $28,000 and $4,000 for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

                 Non-Interest Income. Non-interest income for the year ended December 31, 2003 increased $4.8 million to $6.3 million from $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2002. The increase was primarily due to a $4.4 million pretax impairment write-down of the Bank’s investment in a WorldCom, Inc. senior note during 2002. Loan fees increased $0.3 million to $1.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2003 from $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2002, primarily due to an increase in miscellaneous fees collected at the time mortgage loans paid-in-full. Banking services fees increased $0.2 million to $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2003 from $1.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2002, primarily due to the increase in core deposits and income earned on debit cards. Dividends on FHLB-NY stock decreased for the year ended December 31, 2003 as these dividends were suspended for the fourth quarter of 2003. This dividend was resumed in the first quarter of 2004 at a reduced level.


52


                  Non-Interest Expense. Non-interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2003 totaled $31.2 million, representing an increase of $3.6 million, or 13.1%, from the year ended December 31, 2002. The increase was primarily attributed to the Bank’s continued focus on expanding its current product offerings to enhance its ability to serve its customers, including increases in personnel to provide these services and, in the fourth quarter of 2003, the opening of a new branch in Astoria, Queens. Management continued to closely monitor expenditures, resulting in an efficiency ratio of 47.0% for the year ended December 31, 2003 compared to 47.4% for 2002.

                 Income Tax Provisions. Income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2003 increased $3.6 million to $13.5 million, compared to $10.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2002. This increase was primarily attributed to the increase of $9.0 million in income before income taxes. The effective tax rate was 38.5% for the year ended December 31, 2003 compared to 38.0% for the year ended December 31, 2002.

Liquidity, Regulatory Capital and Capital Resources

                 The Company’s primary sources of funds are deposits, borrowings, principal and interest payments on loans, mortgage-backed and other securities, proceeds from sales of securities and, to a lesser extent, proceeds from sales of loans. Deposit flows and mortgage prepayments, however, are greatly influenced by general interest rates, economic conditions and competition. At December 31, 2004, the Bank had an approved overnight line of credit of $50.0 million with the FHLB-NY. In total, as of December 31, 2004, the Bank may borrow up to $709.3 million from the FHLB-NY in Federal Home Loan advances and overnight lines of credit. As of December 31, 2004, the Bank had borrowed $345.2 million in FHLB-NY advances, and had $5.0 million outstanding under the overnight line of credit. In addition, the Holding Company has $20.6 million in junior subordinated debentures (which are included in Borrowed Funds) and the Bank had $213.9 million in repurchase agreements to fund lending and investment opportunities. (See Note 7 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Annual Report.) Management believes their available sources of funds are sufficient to fund current operations.

                 The Company’s most liquid assets are cash and cash equivalents, which include cash and due from banks, overnight interest-earning deposits and federal funds sold with original maturities of 90 days or less. The level of these assets is dependent on the Company’s operating, financing, lending and investing activities during any given period. At December 31, 2004, cash and cash equivalents totaled $14.7 million, a decrease of $5.6 million from December 31, 2003. The Company also held marketable securities available for sale with a carrying value of $435.7 million at December 31, 2004.

                 At December 31, 2004, the Company had commitments to extend credit (principally real estate mortgage loans) of $57.2 million and open lines of credit for borrowers (principally construction loan and home equity loan lines of credit) of $30.4 million. Since generally all of the loan commitments are expected to be drawn upon, the total loan commitments approximate future cash requirements, whereas the amounts of lines of credit may not be indicative of the Company’s future cash requirements. The loan commitments generally expire in ninety days, while construction loan lines of credit mature within eighteen months and home equity loan lines of credit mature within ten years. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments.

                 The Company’s total interest and operating expenses in 2004 were $52.2 million and $35.4 million, respectively. Certificates of deposit accounts which are scheduled to mature in one year or less as of December 31, 2004 totaled $266.0 million.

                 The market value of the assets of the Company’s defined employee benefit pension plan is $13.0 million at December 31, 2004, which is $1.0 million less than the benefit obligation. During 2004, the Bank contributed $0.9 million to the pension plan. The underfunding is primarily due to a decline in the market value of pension plan’s investments in 2002 and 2001. This underfunding has also been increased due to the reduction in the discount rate used to calculate the projected benefit obligation from a rate of 6.25% in 2003 to 6.13% in 2004. This reduction in the discount rate has resulted in an increase in the present value of the projected benefit obligation. The Company does not anticipate a change in the market value of these assets which would have a significant effect on liquidity, capital resources, or results of operations.

                 During 2004, funds provided by the Company’s operating activities amounted to $29.3 million. These funds, together with $116.2 million provided by financing activities and $20.3 million available at the beginning of the year, were utilized to fund net investing activities of $151.2 million. Funds provided by financing activities were primarily the result of a growth in due to depositors of $117.7 million. Principal payments and calls on loans and securities provided additional funds. The primary investment activity of the Company is the origination of loans, and the purchase


53


of mortgage-backed securities. During 2004, the Bank had loan originations and purchases of $495.6 million. Further, during 2004, the Company purchased $104.3 million of mortgage-backed and other securities.

                 At the time of the Bank’s conversion from a federally chartered mutual savings bank to a federally chartered stock savings bank, the Bank was required by the OTS to establish a liquidation account which is reduced as and to the extent that eligible account holders reduce their qualifying deposits. The balance of the liquidation account at December 31, 2004 was $4.7 million. In the unlikely event of a complete liquidation of the Bank, each eligible account holder will be entitled to receive a distribution from the liquidation account. The Bank is not permitted to declare or pay a dividend or to repurchase any of its capital stock if the effect would be to cause the Bank’s regulatory capital to be reduced below the amount required for the liquidation account. Unlike the Bank, the Holding Company is not subject to OTS regulatory restrictions on the declaration or payment of dividends to its stockholders, although the source of such dividends could depend upon dividend payments from the Bank. The Holding Company is subject, however, to the requirements of Delaware law, which generally limit dividends to an amount equal to the excess of its net assets (the amount by which total assets exceed total liabilities) over its stated capital or, if there is no such excess, to its net profits for the current and/or immediately preceding fiscal year.

                 Regulatory Capital Position.  Under OTS capital regulations, the Bank is required to comply with each of three separate capital adequacy standards: tangible capital, leverage and core capital and total risk-based capital. Such classifications are used by the OTS and other bank regulatory agencies to determine matters ranging from each institution’s semi-annual FDIC deposit insurance premium assessments, to approvals of applications authorizing institutions to grow their asset size or otherwise expand business activities. At December 31, 2004 and 2003, the Bank exceeded each of the three OTS capital requirements. (See Note 12 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Annual Report.)

Critical Accounting Policies

                 The Company’s accounting policies are integral to understanding the results of operations and statement of financial condition. These policies are described in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Several of these policies require management’s judgment to determine the value of the Company’s assets and liabilities. The Company has established detailed written policies and control procedures to ensure consistent application of these policies. The accounting policies that require significant management valuation judgments are determining the allowance for loan losses and when an unrealized loss should be considered other than temporary.

                 Allowance for Loan Losses.  An allowance for loan losses is provided to absorb estimated losses on existing loans that may be uncollectable. Management reviews the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses by reviewing all impaired loans on an individual basis. The remaining portfolio is evaluated based on the Company’s historical loss experience, recent trends in losses, collection policies and collection experience, trends in the volume of non-performing loans, changes in the composition and volume of the gross loan portfolio, and local and national economic conditions. Judgment is required to determine how many years of historical loss experience are to be included when reviewing historical loss experience. A full credit cycle must be used, or loss estimates may be inaccurate. This evaluation is inherently subjective, as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revisions as more information becomes available.

                 Notwithstanding the judgment required in assessing the components of the allowance for loan losses, the Company believes that the allowance for loan losses is adequate to cover losses inherent in the loan portfolio. The policy has been applied on a consistent basis for all periods presented in the Consolidated Financial Statements.

                 Other-Than-Temporary Impairment Losses – Investments.  In estimating other-than-temporary impairment losses, management considers (1) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, if applicable, and (3) the intent and ability of the Company to retain its investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value.

                 Notwithstanding the judgment required in assessing when an unrealized loss should be considered other-than- temporary, the Company believes that, as of December 31, 2004, it does not hold any investment securities which have an unrealized loss that would be considered other-than-temporary.


54


Contractual Obligations
 
Payments Due By Period  
 
  Total     Less Than
1 Year		     1 – 3
Years		     3 – 5
Years		     More Than
5 Years		  
 
 
  (In thousands)  
Borrowed funds $ 584,736   $ 60,900   $ 273,000   $ 155,000   $ 95,836  
Deposits   1,292,797     855,530     287,685     119,005     30,577  
Loan commitments   87,609     87,609     —     —     —  
Capital lease obligations   —     —     —     —     —  
Operating lease obligations   9,185     1,466     2,361     1,814     3,544  
Purchase obligations   5,211     2,348     2,100     366     397  
Pension and other postretirement                              
     benefits   8,715     1,826     646     812     5,431  
Deferred compensation plans   7,222     465     1,904     1,167     3,686  
Total $ 1,995,475   $ 1,010,144   $ 567,696   $ 278,164   $ 139,471  
 

                 The Company has significant obligations that arise in the normal course of business. The Company finances its assets with deposits and borrowed funds. The Company also uses borrowed funds to manage its interest-rate risk. The Company has the means to refinance these borrowings as they mature through its financing arrangements with the FHLB-NY and its ability to arrange repurchase agreements with broker-dealers and the FHLB-NY. (See Notes 6 and 7 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Annual Report.)

                 The Company focuses its balance sheet growth on the origination of mortgage loans. At December 31, 2004, the Bank had commitments to originate $87.6 million of mortgage and other loans which are expected to be funded within 90 days. These loans will be funded through principal and interest payments received on existing mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities, growth in customer deposits, and, when necessary, additional borrowings. (See Note 13 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Annual Report.)

                 The Bank has ten branches, six of which are leased. The Bank leases its branch locations primarily when it is not the sole tenant. While the Bank will consider purchasing its future branch locations, the decision may rest on the availability of suitable locations and the availability of properties. In addition, the Bank leases its executive offices.

                 The Bank has outsourced its data processing, loan servicing and check processing functions. The Bank has determined that this is the most cost effective method for obtaining these services. These arrangements are usually volume dependent and multi-year arrangements, and the contracts for these services usually include annual increases based on the increase in the consumer price index. The amounts shown above for purchase obligations represent the current term and volume of activity of these contracts. The Bank expects to renew these contracts as they expire.

                 The amounts shown for pension and other postretirement benefits reflect the Company’s employee and directors’ pension plans, the supplemental retirement benefits of its president, and amounts due under its plan for medical and life insurance benefits for retired employees. The amount shown in the “Less Than 1 Year” column represents the Company’s current estimate for these benefits, some of which are based on information supplied by actuaries. The amounts shown in columns reflecting periods over one year represent the Company’s current estimate based on the past year’s actual disbursements and information supplied by actuaries, but do not include an estimate for the employee pension plan as we do not currently have an estimate for this plan. The amounts do not include an increase for possible future retirees or increases in health plan costs. The amount shown in the “More Than 5 Years” column represents the amount required to increase the total amount to the projected benefit obligation of the directors’ plan and the medical and life insurance benefit plans, since these are unfunded plans. (See Note 10 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Annual Report.)

                 The Bank provides a non-qualified deferred compensation plan for officers who have achieved the level of at least vice president. In addition to the amounts deferred by the officers, the Bank matches 50% of their contributions, generally up to a maximum of 5% of the officers’ salary. The Bank also provides an additional non-contributory deferred compensation plan for its president in the amount of 10% of his salary. These plans generally require the deferred balance to be credited with earnings at a rate earned by certain mutual funds. Employees do not receive a distribution from these plans until their employment is terminated. The amounts shown in the columns for less than five years represent the estimate of the amounts the Bank will contribute to a rabbi trust with respect to matching


55


contributions under these plans, and the amounts to be paid from the rabbi trust to two executives who have either retired or announced their retirement. The amount shown in the “More Than 5 Years” column represents the current accrued liability for these plans, adjusted for the activity in the columns for less than five years. This expense is provided in the Consolidated Statements of Income, and the liability has been provided in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.

Impact of New Accounting Standards

                 In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123R (revised 2004), “Share Based Payment”. This statement revises FASB Statement No. 123, “Accounting for Stock Based Compensation”, and supersedes APB Opinion No. 25 “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” and its related implementation guidance. This statement establishes fair value as the measurement objective in accounting for share-based payment arrangements and requires all entities to apply a fair-value-based measurement method in accounting for share-based payment transactions with employees. It requires that a public entity measure the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of an equity instrument based on the grant date fair value of the award. That cost will be recognized over the period during which an employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award. The requisite service period is usually the vesting period. The provisions of this statement are effective for the first interim or annual reporting period that begins after June 15, 2005. The effect on future earnings as a result of the adoption of this statement will primarily be dependent on the level of future grants of stock options awarded by the Company. While management is unable to determine the actual effect the adoption of this statement will have on its diluted earnings per share, management estimates, based on the Company granting awards at the same level as prior years, that the effect on annual diluted earnings per share will be in the range of $0.04 to $0.06 per diluted share.

                 On December 12, 2003, the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants issued Statement of Position No. 03-3, “Accounting for Certain Loans or Debt Securities Acquired in a Transfer” (“SOP 03-3”). SOP 03-3 requires acquired loans to be initially recorded at fair value, and prohibits carrying over or creating a valuation allowance in the initial accounting. SOP 03-3 also limits the yield that may be accreted to income. SOP 03-3 applies to the purchase of an individual loan, a pool of loans, a group of loans, and loans acquired in a business combination. SOP 03-3 is effective for loans acquired in fiscal years beginning after December 31, 2004. The adoption of SOP 03-3 in the first quarter of 2005 did not have a material effect on the Company’s results of operations or financial condition.

                 On March 9, 2004, the Securities and Exchange Commission issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 105, “Application of Accounting Principles to Loan Commitments” (“SAB 105”), which specifies that servicing assets embedded in commitments for loans to be held for sale should be recognized only when the servicing asset has been contractually separated from the associated loans by sale or securitization. SAB 105 is effective for commitments entered into after March 31, 2004. The adoption of SAB 105 did not have a material effect on the Company’s results of operations or financial condition.

                 In January 2003, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued FASB Interpretation No. 46, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities” (“FIN 46”), which established guidance for determining when an entity should consolidate another entity that meets the definition of a variable interest entity (“VIE”). A VIE exists either when the entity does not have sufficient equity at risk or lacks any one of three characteristics normally associated with a controlling financial interest. If an entity is considered a VIE, judgment and quantitative analysis typically is required to assess whether the company should consolidate the entity as the primary beneficiary. The company is considered the primary beneficiary when it has a variable interest that will absorb a majority of an entity’s expected losses, receive a majority of an entity’s expected residual returns, or both. In December 2003, the FASB issued a revision to FIN 46, FIN 46R, to address various technical corrections and implementation issues that have arisen since its issuance. The provisions of FIN 46R were effective for the first quarter of 2004.

                 The Holding Company owns the Trust, a special purpose business trust formed to issue capital securities, which is subject to FIN 46 and FIN 46R. Prior to 2004, the Trust was consolidated. Since the Company does not have sufficient equity at risk, as defined in FIN46R, the Trust was deconsolidated in the first quarter of 2004. Deconsolidation of the Trust did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

Item 7A.     Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

                 This information is contained in the section captioned “Interest Rate Risk” on page 47 and in Notes 13 and 14 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Annual Report.


56


Item 8.        Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition

 
  December 31,
2004		   December 31,
2003		  
 
 
 
(In thousands, except per share data)  
ASSETS:            
Cash and due from banks $ 14,661   $ 20,300  
Securities available for sale:            
   Mortgage-backed securities (Including assets pledged of $230,400 and            
      $161,617 at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively)   395,629     479,393  
    Other securities   40,116     56,316  
Loans   1,523,040     1,276,074  
    Less: Allowance for loan losses   (6,533 )   (6,553 )
         Net loans   1,516,507     1,269,521  
Interest and dividends receivable   8,868     8,647  
Bank premises and equipment, net   7,558     6,380  
Federal Home Loan Bank of New York stock   22,261     24,462  
Bank owned life insurance   25,399     24,242  
Goodwill   3,905     3,905  
Other assets   23,140     17,585  
          Total assets $ 2,058,044   $ 1,910,751  
LIABILITIES:            
Due to depositors:            
    Non-interest bearing $ 49,540   $ 41,397  
    Interest-bearing   1,226,784     1,117,178  
Mortgagors’ escrow deposits   16,473     11,334  
Borrowed funds, including securities sold under agreements to repurchase
    of $213,900 and $163,900 at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively   584,736     578,142  
Other liabilities   19,858     15,938  
          Total liabilities   1,897,391     1,763,989  
Commitments and contingencies (Note 13)            
             
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:            
Preferred stock ($0.01 par value; authorized 5,000,000 shares, none issued)   —     —  
Common stock ($0.01 par value; 40,000,000 shares authorized; 19,456,696            
    shares issued and 19,232,248 shares outstanding at December 31, 2004;            
  19,290,601 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2003)   195     193  
Additional paid-in capital   37,187     32,783  
Treasury stock, at average cost (224,448 shares and none at            
   December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively)   (3,893 )   —  
Unearned compensation   (5,117 )   (7,373 )
Retained earnings   133,290     120,683  
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income, net of taxes   (1,009 )   476  
          Total stockholders’ equity   160,653     146,762  
          Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 2,058,044   $ 1,910,751  
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


57


Consolidated Statements of Income

 
  For the years ended December 31,  
 
 
        2004    2003    2002   
 
 
 
 
(In thousands, except per share data)  
Interest and dividend income                  
  Interest and fees on loans $ 98,154   $ 93,476   $ 90,501  
  Interest and dividends on securities:                  
    Interest   19,963     18,445     15,613  
    Dividends   389     252     165  
  Other interest income   218     166     627  
       Total interest and dividend income   118,724     112,339     106,906  
Interest expense
  Deposits   28,972     27,521     28,204  
  Borrowed funds   23,261     24,655     26,360  
       Total interest expense   52,233     52,176     54,564  
Net interest income   66,491     60,163     52,342  
  Provision for loan losses   —     —     —  
Net interest income after provision for loan losses   66,491     60,163     52,342  
Non-interest income
  Loan fee income   1,924     1,768     1,471  
  Banking services fee income   1,588     1,600     1,425  
  Net gain on sale of loans held for sale   306     323     272  
  Net (loss) gain on sales of securities   (100 )   6     (4,430 )
  Federal Home Loan Bank of NY stock   441     891     1,086  
  Bank owned life insurance   1,157     1,264     1,303  
  Other income   627     433     382  
       Total non-interest income   5,943     6,285     1,509  
Non-interest expense
  Salaries and employee benefits   18,403     16,011     13,921  
  Occupancy and equipment   3,653     3,055     2,749  
  Professional services   3,497     2,954     2,759  
  Data processing   1,892     1,928     1,566  
  Depreciation and amortization of premises and equipment   1,487     1,232     1,035  
  Other operating   6,457     6,046     5,591  
       Total non-interest expense   35,389     31,226     27,621  
Income before income taxes   37,045     35,222     26,230  
Provision for income taxes
  Federal   11,454     10,499     8,247  
  State and local   2,942     3,045     1,720  
       Total provision for income taxes   14,396     13,544     9,967  
Net income $ 22,649   $ 21,678   $ 16,263  
Basic earnings per share $ 1.30   $ 1.27   $ 0.93  
Diluted earnings per share $ 1.25   $ 1.22   $ 0.90  
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


58


Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity 

 

For the years ended December 31,		  
 
 
  2004   2003  
2002 		 
 
 
 
 
(In thousands, except per share data)  
Common Stock                  
Balance, beginning of year $ 193   $ 139   $ 139  
Issuance upon the exercise of stock options (166,095 common
   shares for the year ended December 31, 2004)   2     —     —  
Stock dividend (6,430,058 common shares; 1,011,660 common shares
   funded from Treasury in 2003)   —     54     —  
Balance, end of year   195     193     139  
Additional Paid-In Capital
Balance, beginning of year   32,783     47,208     45,280  
Award of common shares released from Employee Benefit Trust
    (35,779, 37,287 and 53,011 common shares for the years ended
   December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively)   585     522     416  
Surrender of restricted stock awards (124,650 common shares for the
   year ended December 31, 2004) which were replaced by restricted
   stock units   (227 )   —     —  
Restricted stock awards (16,874, 81,783 103,612 common shares for
   the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively)   44     156     146  
Shares issued upon vesting of restricted stock unit awards (1,687
   common shares for the year ended December 31, 2004)   2     —     —  
Forfeiture of restricted stock awards (2,025 common shares for the
   year ended December 31, 2004)   (2 )   —     —  
Options exercised (166,095 and 32,610 common shares for the years
    ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively)   858     147     —  
Tax benefit from compensation expense in excess of that
    recognized for financial reporting purposes   3,144     3,331     1,366  
Stock dividend (6,430,058 common shares; 1,011,660 common shares
   funded from Treasury in 2003)   —     (18,581 )   —  
Balance, end of year   37,187     32,783     47,208  
    Continued

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


59


Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity  (continued)
 

For the years ended December 31,		  
 
 

2004		  
2003		  
2002		  
 
 
 
 
(In thousands, except per share data)  
Treasury Stock
Balance, beginning of year   —
$ (21,733 ) $ (5,750 )
Purchases of common shares outstanding (520,600, 336,700 and                  
   1,202,450 shares for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and                  
   2002, respectively) $ (9,337 )   (6,899 )   (21,196 )
Issuance for options exercised (394,668, 548,984 and 259,667 common                  
   shares for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002,                  
   respectively)   6,329     9,661     4,361  
Purchase of common shares to fund options exercised                  
    (7,570 common shares)   (147 )   —     —  
Surrender of restricted stock awards (124,650 common shares for the                  
    year ended December 31, 2004) which were replaced by                  
    restricted stock units   (1,177 )   —     —  
Shares issued upon vesting of restricted stock unit awards (44,077                  
     common shares for the year ended December 31, 2004)   607     —     —  
Restricted stock awards (16,874, 54,525 and 69,075 common shares for                  
   the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively)   293     949     1,140  
Repurchase of restricted stock awards to satisfy tax obligations                  
   (25,222, 20,559 and 13,553 common shares for the years ended                  
   December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively)   (436 )   (430 )   (260 )
Forfeiture of restricted stock awards (2,025, 4,190 and 2,180 common                  
   shares for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002,                  
   respectively)   (25 )   (71 )   (28 )
Stock dividend   —     18,523     —  
Balance, end of year   (3,893 )   —     (21,733 )
Unearned Compensation
Balance, beginning of year   (7,373 )   (7,825 )   (7,766 )
Surrender of restricted stock awards (124,650 common shares for the                  
    year ended December 31, 2004) which were replaced by restricted
    stock units		   564     —     —  
Release of shares from Employee Benefit Trust (182,601, 149,073                  
    and 131,518 common shares for the years ended December 31,                  
    2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively)   622     508     448  
Restricted stock awards (16,874, 81,783 and 103,612 common shares                  
    for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002,
    respectively)		   (337 )   (1,105 )   (1,286 )
Forfeiture of restricted stock awards (2,025, 6,285 and 3,270 common                  
    shares for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002,                  
    respectively)   27     71     28  
Restricted stock award expense   1,380     978     751  
Balance, end of year   (5,117 )   (7,373 )   (7,825 )
    Continued

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

60


Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity  (continued)
 
  For the years ended December 31,
  
 
 
   2004    2003    2002   
 
 
  (In thousands, except per share data)  
Retained Earnings            
Balance, beginning of year $ 120,683   $ 109,208   $ 99,641  
Net income   22,649     21,678     16,263  
Stock options exercised (394,668, 821,075 and 389,500 common
      shares for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002,
      respectively)		   (3,759 )   (5,351 )   (2,458 )
Shares issued upon vesting of restricted stock units (42,390 common
   shares for the year ended December 31, 2004)   (156 )   —     —  
Cash dividends declared and paid ($0.35, $0.28 and $0.24 per common
     share for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002,
     respectively)		   (6,127 )   (4,852 )   (4,238 )
 
 
 
 
Balance, end of year   133,290     120,683     109,208  
 
 
 
 
Accumulated Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income, Net of Taxes                  
Balance, beginning of year   476     4,389     1,843  
Adjustment required to recognize minimum pension liability,
     Net of taxes of approximately $(9), $22 and $221 for the years ended
     December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively   7     (22 )   (254 )
Change in net unrealized (loss) gain, net of taxes of approximately
    $1,229 in 2004; $3,311 in 2003 and $(347) in 2002 on securities
     available for sale   (1,553 )   (3,888 )   408  
Less: Reclassification adjustment for losses (gains) included in net
    income, net of taxes of approximately $(39), $3 and $(2,038) for
    the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively   61     (3 )   2,392  
 
 
 
 
Balance, end of year   (1,009 )   476     4,389  
 
 
 
 
                   
Total stockholders’ equity $ 160,653   $ 146,762   $ 131,386  
 
 
 
 
 
Comprehensive Income
Net income $ 22,649   $ 21,678   $ 16,263  
Other comprehensive income, net of tax
     Minimum pension (liability)   7     (22 )   (254 )
     Unrealized (losses) gains on securities   (1,492 )   (3,891 )   2,800  
 
 
 
 
Comprehensive income $ 21,164   $ 17,765   $ 18,809  
 
 
 
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


61


Consolidated Statements of Cash Flow

 

For the years ended December 31,		  
 
 
    2004     2003     2002    
 
 
 
 
(In thousands)  
Operating Activities
                             
Net income $ 22,649   $ 21,678   $ 16,263  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided
   by operating activities:
     Depreciation and amortization of bank premises and equipment   1,487     1,232     1,035  
     Impairment write-down of investment securities   89     —     4,429  
     Net loss (gain) on sales of securities   11     (6 )   1  
     Net gain on sales of loans   (306 )   (323 )   (272 )
     Net gain on sales of real estate owned   —     —     (4 )
     Origination of loans held for sale   (5,916 )   (13,442 )   (3,645 )
     Proceeds from sale of loans held for sale   6,222     13,765     3,917  
     Amortization of unearned premium, net of
        accretion of unearned discount   1,920     3,430     2,814  
     Deferred income tax (benefit) provision   (678 )   1,845     (859 )
     Deferred compensation   481     736     523  
Net increase (decrease) in other assets and liabilities   746     (1,767 )   (428 )
Unearned compensation   2,587     2,008     1,615  
        Net cash provided by operating activities   29,292     29,156     25,389  
Investing Activities
                                    
Purchases of bank premises and equipment   (2,665 )   (2,223 )   (859 )
Net redemption (purchase) of Federal Home Loan Bank shares   2,201     (2,249 )   3,209  
Purchases of securities available for sale   (104,336 )   (440,073 )   (262,506 )
Proceeds from sales and calls of securities available for sale   78,822     62,391     39,022  
Proceeds from maturities and prepayments of
    securities available for sale   121,346     190,423     168,133  
Net originations and repayments of loans   (250,884 )   (105,379 )   (92,372 )
Proceeds from sale of delinquent loans   4,339     6,090     —  
Purchases of loans   —     (789 )   (10,183 )
Proceeds from sale of real estate owned   —     —     97  
        Net cash used in investing activities   (151,177 )   (291,809 )   (155,459 )
    Continued
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

62


Consolidated Statements of Cash Flow (continued)

 

For the years ended December 31,		  
 
 
      2004        2003        2002      
 
 
 
 
(In thousands)  
Financing Activities                  
                     
Net increase in non-interest bearing deposits $ 8,143   $ 6,110   $ 6,693  
Net increase in interest bearing deposits   109,606     150,452     176,803  
Net increase (decrease) in mortgagors’ escrow deposits   5,139     1,522     (253 )
Proceeds from short-term borrowed funds   20,000     25,000     —  
Repayment of short-term borrowed funds   (25,000 )   —     —  
Proceeds from long-term borrowings   110,000     170,000     90,000  
Repayment of long-term borrowings   (99,025 )   (110,022 )   (110,271 )
Purchases of treasury stock   (9,773 )   (7,333 )   (21,456 )
Proceeds from issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options   3,283     4,457     1,903  
Cash dividends paid   (6,127 )   (4,852 )   (4,238 )
        Net cash provided by financing activities   116,246     235,334     139,181  
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents   (5,639 )   (27,319 )   9,111  
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year   20,300     47,619     38,508  
        Cash and cash equivalents, end of year $ 14,661   $ 20,300   $ 47,619  
 
Supplemental Cash Flow Disclosure
Interest paid $ 51,961   $ 52,513   $ 54,479  
Income taxes paid   11,534     9,403     9,273  
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


63


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002

1. Nature of Operations

Flushing Financial Corporation (the “Holding Company”), a Delaware business corporation, is a savings and loan holding company organized at the direction of its subsidiary, Flushing Savings Bank, FSB (the “Bank”), in connection with the Bank’s conversion from a mutual to capital stock form of organization. The Holding Company and its direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries, the Bank, Flushing Preferred Funding Corporation, Flushing Service Corporation and FSB Properties Inc. are collectively herein referred to as the “Company”.

The Company’s principal business is attracting retail deposits from the general public and investing those deposits together with funds generated from operations and borrowings, primarily in (1) originations and purchases of multi-family income-producing property loans, commercial real estate loans and one-to-four family residential mortgage loans (focusing on mixed-use properties – properties that contain both residential dwelling units and commercial units); (2) mortgage loan surrogates such as mortgage-backed securities; and (3) U.S. government and federal agency backed securities, corporate fixed-income securities and other marketable securities. To a lesser extent, the Company originates certain other loans, including construction loans, Small Business Administration loans and other small business loans. The Bank conducts its business through ten full-service banking offices, six of which are located in Queens County, two in Nassau County, one in Kings County (Brooklyn), and one in New York County (Manhattan), New York.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

The accounting and reporting policies of the Company follow generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“GAAP”). The policies which materially affect the determination of the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows are summarized below.

Principles of consolidation:

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Flushing Financial Corporation and the following direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Holding Company: the Bank, Flushing Preferred Funding Corporation (“FPFC”), Flushing Service Corporation (“FSC”) and FSB Properties Inc. (“Properties”). FPFC is a real estate investment trust formed to hold a portion of the Bank’s mortgage loans to facilitate access to capital markets. FSC was formed to market insurance products and mutual funds. Properties is an inactive subsidiary whose purpose was to manage real estate properties and joint ventures. Flushing Financial Capital Trust I (“Trust”), a special purpose business trust formed to issue capital securities, was included in the consolidated financial statements through December 31, 2003. Effective January 1, 2004, the Trust was deconsolidated to comply with FASB Interpretation No. 46R. All significant inter-company accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of estimates:

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of income and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

Cash and cash equivalents:

For the purpose of reporting cash flows, the Company defines cash and due from banks, overnight interest-earning deposits and federal funds sold with original maturities of 90 days or less as cash and cash equivalents.

Securities available for sale:

Securities are classified as available for sale when management intends to hold the securities for an indefinite period of time or when the securities may be utilized for tactical asset/liability purposes and may be sold from time to time to effectively manage interest rate exposure and resultant prepayment risk and liquidity needs. Premiums and discounts are amortized or accreted, respectively, using the level-yield method. Realized gains and losses on the sales of securities are determined using the specific identification method. Unrealized gains and losses (other than unrealized losses considered other than temporary which are recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Income) on securities available for sale are excluded from earnings and reported as accumulated other comprehensive income, net of taxes. In estimating other-than-temporary impairment losses, management considers (1) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, if applicable, and (3) the intent and ability of the Company to retain its investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for any


64


anticipated recovery in fair value. Impairment losses are included in “Net (loss) gain on sales of securities” in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

Loans:

Loans are reported at their principal outstanding balance, net of charge-offs, and net of any deferred loan fees and costs on originated loans and unamortized premiums or discounts on purchased loans. Interest on loans is recognized on the accrual basis. The accrual of income on loans is discontinued when certain factors, such as contractual delinquency of ninety days or more, indicate reasonable doubt as to the timely collectibility of such income. Interest previously recognized on non-accrual loans is reversed from interest income at the time the loan is placed on non-accrual status. A non-accrual loan can be returned to accrual status after the loan meets certain criteria. Subsequent cash payments received on non-accrual loans that do not meet the criteria are applied first as a reduction of principal until all principal is recovered and then subsequently to interest. Loan fees and certain loan origination costs are deferred. Net loan origination costs and premiums or discounts on loans purchased are amortized into interest income over the contractual life of the loans using the level-yield method. Prepayment penalties received on loans which pay in full prior to their scheduled maturity are included in interest income.

Allowance for loan losses:

The Company maintains an allowance for loan losses at an amount, which, in management’s judgment, is adequate to absorb estimated losses on existing loans. Management’s judgment in determining the adequacy of the allowance is based on evaluations of the collectibility of loans. This evaluation is inherently subjective, as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revisions as more information becomes available. In assessing the adequacy of the Company’s allowance for loan losses, management considers the Company’s historical loss experience, recent trends in losses, collection policies and collection experience, trends in the volume of non-performing loans, changes in the composition and volume of the gross loan portfolio, and local and national economic conditions. The Board of Directors reviews and approves management’s evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses on a quarterly basis.

A loan is considered impaired when, based upon current information, the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due, both principal and interest, according to the contractual terms of the loan. Impaired loans are measured based on the present value of the expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or at the loan’s observable market price or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. Interest income on impaired loans is recorded on the cash basis. The Company reviews all non-accrual loans for impairment.

The allowance for loan losses is established through charges to earnings in the form of a provision for loan losses. Increases and decreases in the allowance other than charge-offs and recoveries are included in the provision for loan losses. When a loan or a portion of a loan is determined to be uncollectible, the portion deemed uncollectible is charged against the allowance, and subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance.

Loans held for sale:

Loans held for sale are initially recorded at the principal amount outstanding net of deferred origination costs and fees and any premiums or discounts. Loans held for sale are carried at the lower of adjusted cost or market, which is computed by the aggregate method (unrealized losses are offset by unrealized gains). Net unrealized losses are recognized through a valuation allowance by charges to income. The Company did not have any loans held for sale as of December 31, 2004 and 2003.

Bank Owned Life Insurance:

Bank owned life insurance (“BOLI”) represents life insurance on the lives of certain employees who have provided positive consent allowing the Bank to be the beneficiary of such policies. Increases in the cash value of the policies, as well as proceeds received, are recorded in other non-interest income, and are not subject to income taxes.

Real estate owned:

Real estate owned consists of property acquired by foreclosure. These properties are carried at the lower of carrying amount or fair value (which is based on appraised value with certain adjustments) less estimated costs to sell (hereinafter defined as fair value). This determination is made on an individual asset basis. If the fair value is less than the carrying amount, the deficiency is recognized as a valuation allowance. Further decreases to fair value will be recorded in this valuation allowance through a provision for losses on real estate owned. The Company utilizes estimates of fair value to determine the amount of its valuation allowance. Actual values may differ from those estimates. The Company had no real estate owned as of December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002.


65


Bank premises and equipment:

Bank premises and equipment are stated at cost, less depreciation accumulated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the related assets (3 to 40 years). Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the terms of the related leases or the lives of the assets, whichever is shorter. Maintenance, repairs and minor improvements are charged to non-interest expense in the period incurred.

Federal Home Loan Bank Stock:

In connection with the Bank’s borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (“FHLB-NY”), the Bank is required to purchase shares of FHLB-NY non-marketable capital stock at par. Such shares are redeemed by FHLB-NY at par with reductions in the Bank’s borrowing levels. The Bank carries this investment at historical cost.

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase:

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are accounted for as collateralized financing and are carried at amounts at which the securities will be subsequently reacquired as specified in the respective agreements. Interest incurred under these agreements is included in other interest expense.

Goodwill:

Goodwill, prior to January 1, 2002, was amortized using the straight-line method over fifteen years. The Company had periodically reviewed its goodwill for possible impairment. Upon the adoption of SFAS No. 142 on January 1, 2002, the company no longer amortizes goodwill, but rather performs annual tests for impairment as of the end of each year. These annual impairment tests have not resulted in recognizing an impairment in goodwill.

Income Taxes:

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined using the liability (or balance sheet) method. Under this method, the net deferred tax asset or liability is determined based on the tax effects of the temporary differences between book and tax bases of the various balance sheet assets and liabilities, and gives current recognition to changes in tax rates and laws.

Stock Compensation Plans:

Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation”, establishes a fair value based method of accounting for employee stock compensation plans. Under this method, compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the value of the award and is recognized over the service period, which is usually the vesting period. However, it also allows an entity to continue to measure compensation cost for those plans using the intrinsic value based method of accounting prescribed by Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees”. Under this method, no compensation expense is recognized for stock options granted since they have no intrinsic value at the time of grant. The Company has elected to continue with the accounting methodology in Opinion No. 25. Accordingly, no compensation cost has been recognized for options granted under the Stock Option Plan. Had compensation cost for the Company’s Stock Option Plan been determined based on the fair value at the grant dates, consistent with the method prescribed by SFAS No. 123, the Company’s net income and earnings per share would have been as indicated in the table below. However, the present impact of SFAS No. 123 may not be representative of the effect on income in future years because the options vest over several years and additional option grants may be made each year.



2004		  
2003		  
2002		  
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)  
Net income, as reported $ 22,649   $ 21,678   $ 16,263  
Add: Stock-based employee compensation expense included in
    reported net income, net of related tax effects   1,272     734     503  
Deduct: Total stock-based employee compensation expense
    determined under fair value based method for all awards, net
    of related tax effects   (3,062 )   (1,447 )   (1,015 )
Pro forma net income $ 20,859   $ 20,965   $ 15,751  
Basic earnings per share:
     As reported $ 1.30   $ 1.27   $ 0.93  
     Pro forma $ 1.20   $ 1.23   $ 0.91  
Diluted earnings per share:
     As reported $ 1.25   $ 1.22   $ 0.90  
     Pro forma $ 1.15   $ 1.18   $ 0.87  

66


The year ended December 31, 2004 includes a charge to earnings, recorded during the first quarter, on an after-tax basis, of $0.5 million or $0.03 per diluted share, related to an adjustment of compensation expense for certain restricted stock awards made in prior periods. In addition to the previously mentioned charge, the year ended December 31, 2004 includes a charge to earnings, on an after-tax basis, of $0.2 million or $0.01 per diluted share, recorded in the second quarter of 2004, related to certain restricted stock unit awards in June 2004. These charges reflect that certain participants under these plans have reached, or are close to reaching, retirement eligibility, at which time such awards fully vest. These amounts are included above in stock-based compensation expense.

In addition, the year ended December 31, 2004 includes, in the deduction for stock-based compensation determined under the fair value method, a net after tax deduction of $0.8 million or $0.04 per diluted share, related to an adjustment of compensation expense using the fair value method for stock option grants awarded during prior periods. In addition to the previously mentioned deduction, the year ended December 31, 2004 includes, in the deduction for stock-based compensation determined under fair value method, a net after tax charge of $0.4 million or $0.02 per diluted share, related to certain stock option grants awarded granted in June 2004. These deductions reflect that certain participants under these plans have reached, or are close to reaching, retirement eligibility, at which time such awards will fully vest.

The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The weighted average assumptions used for grants made in 2004, 2003 and 2002 are as follows:
 

2004 Grants		  
2003 Grants		  
2002 Grants		  
 
 
 
 
Dividend yield 2.04%     1.97%     1.93%    
Expected volatility 24.49%     28.82%     29.33%    
Risk-free interest rate 4.29%     2.87%     4.76%    
Expected option life   7 Years     7 Years     7 Years    
 

Earnings per share:

Basic earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 was computed by dividing net income by the total weighted average number of common shares outstanding, including only the vested portion of restricted stock awards. Diluted earnings per share includes the additional dilutive effect of stock options outstanding and the unvested portions of restricted stock awards during the period. The shares held in the Company’s Employee Benefit Trust are not included in shares outstanding for purposes of calculating earnings per share.

Earnings per share has been computed based on the following, adjusted for the three-for-two stock split distributed on December 15, 2003 in the form of a stock dividend, for the years ended December 31:




2004		  
2003		  
2002		  
 
 
 
 
(Amounts in thousands, except per share data)  
Net income $ 22,649   $ 21,678   $ 16,263  
Divided by:
   Weighted average common shares outstanding   17,429     17,023     17,399  
   Weighted average common stock equivalents   663     747     772  
   Total weighted average common shares outstanding and
       common stock equivalents   18,092     17,770     18,171  
Basic earnings per share $ 1.30   $ 1.27   $ 0.93  
Diluted earnings per share $ 1.25   $ 1.22   $ 0.90  

Common stock equivalents that are anti-dilutive are not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share. Options to purchase 35,750 shares, at an average exercise price of $19.94, 900 shares, at an average exercise price of $14.70, and 411,600 shares, at an average exercise price of $12.47, were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share for 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. Unvested restricted stock awards of 17,874 shares, at an average market price on the date of grant of $19.94, 450 shares, at an average market price on the date of grant of $14.70, and 103,312 shares, at an average market price on the date of grant of $12.42 were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share for 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

Reclassification:

Certain reclassifications have been made to prior year amounts to conform with the current year presentation.

67

3. Loans

The composition of loans is as follows at December 31:
 

2004		  
2003		  
 
 
 
(In thousands)  
Multi-family residential $ 646,922   $ 541,837  
Commercial real estate   334,048     290,332  
One-to-four family – mixed-use property   332,805     226,225  
One-to-four family – residential   151,737     178,474  
Co-operative apartments   3,132     3,729  
Construction   31,460     23,622  
Small Business Administration   5,633     4,931  
Commercial business and other   12,505     4,894  
  Gross loans   1,518,242     1,274,044  
Unearned loan fees and deferred costs, net   4,798     2,030  
    Total loans, net $ 1,523,040   $ 1,276,074  
 

The total amount of loans on non-accrual status, and loans classified as impaired, at December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 was $911,000, $682,000 and $3,592,000, respectively. The portion of the allowance for loan losses allocated to impaired loans was $165,000 (2.5%), $133,000 (2.0%) and $340,000 (5.2%) at December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. The portion of the impaired loan amount above 100% of the loan-to-value ratio is charged off. The average balance of impaired loans was $2,605,000, $1,892,000 and $2,681,000 for 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

The following is a summary of interest foregone on non-accrual loans for the years ended December 31:




2004		  
2003		  
2002		  
 
 
 
 
(In thousands)  
Interest income that would have been  recognized had the loans performed in                  
    accordance with their original terms $ 76   $ 105   $ 298  
Less: Interest income included in the results of operations   26     71     76  
Foregone interest $ 50   $ 34   $ 222  
 

The following are changes in the allowance for loan losses for the years ended December 31:
  

2004		  
2003		  
2002		  
 
 
 
 
(In thousands)  
Balance, beginning of year $ 6,553   $ 6,581   $ 6,585  
Provision for loan losses   —     —     —  
Charge-offs   (28 )   (155 )   (12 )
Recoveries   8     127     8  
Balance, end of year $ 6,533   $ 6,553   $ 6,581  
 

4. Bank Premises and Equipment, Net

Bank premises and equipment are as follows at December 31:
 
2004   2003  
 
 
 
(In thousands)  
Land $ 801   $ 801  
Building and leasehold improvements   4,885     4,896  
Equipment and furniture   11,562     10,950  
     Total   17,248     16,647  
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization   9,690     10,267  
     Bank premises and equipment, net $ 7,558   $ 6,380  

68

5. Debt and Equity Securities

Investments in equity securities that have readily determinable fair values and all investments in debt securities are classified in one of the following three categories and accounted for accordingly: (1) trading securities, (2) securities available for sale and (3) securities held-to-maturity.

The Company did not hold any trading securities or securities held-to-maturity during the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002. Securities available for sale are recorded at estimated fair value based on dealer quotations where available. Actual values may differ from estimates provided by outside dealers. Securities classified as held-to-maturity would be stated at cost, adjusted for amortization of premium and accretion of discount using the level-yield method.

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of the Company’s securities, classified as available for sale at December 31, 2004 are as follows:


Amortized
Cost		   Estimated
Fair Value		   Gross
Unrealized
Gains		   Gross
Unrealized
Losses		  
 
 
 
 
 
(In thousands)  
U.S. Treasury and government agencies $ 12,866   $ 12,868   $ 2   $ —  
Mutual funds   20,600     20,352     —     248  
Other   6,379     6,896     681     164  
   Total other securities   39,845     40,116     683     412  
FNMA   217,278     215,657     947     2,568  
REMIC and CMO   89,416     89,164     178     430  
FHLMC   78,453     78,094     343     702  
GNMA   12,043     12,714     671     —  
   Total mortgage-backed securities   397,190     395,629     2,139     3,700  
   Total securities available for sale $ 437,035   $ 435,745   $ 2,822   $ 4,112  
 

The following table shows the Company’s available for sale securities gross unrealized losses and estimated fair value, aggregated by category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, at December 31, 2004.
 
Total   Less than 12 months   12 months or more  
 
 
 
 
Estimated
Fair Value		   Unrealized
Losses		   Estimated
Fair Value		   Unrealized
Losses		   Estimated
Fair Value		   Unrealized
Losses		  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  (In thousands)  
Mutual funds $ 19,338   $ 248   $ 13,815   $ 188   $ 5,523   $ 60  
Other   4,491     164     4,491     164     —     —  
   Total other securities   23,829     412     18,306     352     5,523     60  
FNMA   167,198     2,568     97,649     770     69,549     1,798  
REMIC and CMO   61,639     430     61,639     430     —     —  
FHLMC   47,776     702     30,452     89     17,324     613  
   Total mortgage-backed                                    
     securities   276,613     3,700     189,740     1,289     86,873     2,411  
   Total securities                                    
     available for sale $ 300,442   $ 4,112   $ 208,046   $ 1,641   $ 92,396   $ 2,471  

The unrealized losses for all securities are attributed to interest rate risk. These securities earn a rate of interest that is below the current market interest rate. Management believes that all contractual amounts due on these securities (principal and interest) will be collected. Therefore, the unrealized losses are considered to be temporary, and an impairment write-down has not been recorded. There are 55 securities with unrealized losses for less than 12 months, and 13 securities with unrealized losses for more than 12 months.

69


The amortized cost and estimated fair value of the Company’s securities, classified as available for sale at December 31, 2004, by contractual maturity, are shown below. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

 
Amortized
Cost		   Estimated
Fair Value		  
 
 
 
(In thousands)  
Due in one year or less $ 21,379   $ 21,767  
Due after one year through five years   5,208     5,222  
Due after five years through ten years   7,868     7,868  
Due after ten years   5,390     5,259  
  Total other securities   39,845     40,116  
Mortgage-backed securities   397,190     395,629  
  Total securities available for sale $ 437,035   $ 435,745  
 

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of the Company’s securities classified as available for sale at December 31, 2003 were as follows:

 
Amortized
Cost		   Estimated
Fair Value		   Gross
Unrealized
Gains		   Gross
Unrealized
Losses		  
 
 
 
 
 
(In thousands)  
U.S. Treasury and government agencies $ 27,621   $ 27,784   $ 163   $ —  
Corporate debt securities   1,000     1,035     35     —  
Mutual funds   20,003     19,873     15     145  
Other   6,454     7,624     1,177     7  
   Total other securities   55,078     56,316     1,390     152  
FNMA   256,705     255,858     1,607     2,454  
REMIC and CMO   103,838     103,932     431     337  
FHLMC   95,794     95,524     633     903  
GNMA   22,901     24,079     1,178     —  
   Total mortgage-backed securities   479,238     479,393     3,849     3,694  
   Total securities available for sale $ 534,316   $ 535,709   $ 5,239   $ 3,846  
 

The following table shows the Company’s available for sale securities gross unrealized losses and estimated fair value, aggregated by category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, at December 31, 2003.

 
Total   Less than 12 months   12 months or more  
 
 
 
 
Estimated
Fair Value		   Unrealized
Losses		   Estimated
Fair Value		   Unrealized
Losses		   Estimated
Fair Value		   Unrealized
Losses		  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(In thousands)  
Mutual funds $ 16,952   $ 145   $ 15,988   $ 61   $ 964   $ 84  
Other   4,725     7     4,725     7     —     —  
   Total other securities   21,677     152     20,713     68     964     84  
FNMA   141,165     2,454     141,165     2,454     —     —  
REMIC and CMO   45,856     337     44,739     318     1,117     19  
FHLMC   46,502     903     46,502     903     —     —  
   Total mortgage-backed                                    
     securities   233,523     3,694     232,406     3,675     1,117     19  
   Total securities                                    
     available for sale $ 255,200   $ 3,846   $ 253,119   $ 3,743   $ 2,081   $ 103  

70


For the year ended December 31, 2004, gross gains of $318,000 and losses of $329,000 were realized on sales of securities available for sale. In addition, an impairment write-down of $89,000 was recorded during the year ended December 31, 2004. For the year ended December 31, 2003, gross gains of $547,000 and losses of $541,000 were realized on sales of securities available for sale. For the year ended December 31, 2002, gross gains of $423,000 and losses of $424,000 were realized on sales of securities available for sale. In addition, an impairment write-down of $4,429,000 was recorded during the year ended December 31, 2002.

6. Deposits

Total deposits at December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the weighted average rate on deposits at December 31, 2004, are as follows:

 
  2004   2003   Weighted
Average
Rate
2004		  
 
 
 
 
  (Dollars in thousands)      
Interest-bearing deposits:            
   Certificate of deposit accounts $ 703,314   $ 593,760   3.51 %
   Passbook savings accounts   216,772     216,988   0.50  
   Money market accounts   258,235     263,621   1.88  
   NOW accounts   48,463     42,809   0.50  
 
 
     Total interest-bearing depositors   1,226,784     1,117,178  
Non-interest bearing demand deposits   49,540     41,397  
 
 
     Total due to depositors   1,276,324     1,158,575  
Mortgagors’ escrow deposits   16,473     11,334   0.24  
 
 
     Total deposits $ 1,292,797   $ 1,169,909  
 
 
 

The aggregate amount of time deposits with denominations of $100,000 or more was $165,647,000 and $124,191,000 at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

Interest expense on deposits is summarized as follows for the years ended December 31:

 
2004   2003   2002  
 
 
 
 
(In thousands)  
Certificate of deposit accounts $ 22,487   $ 20,835   $ 21,640  
Passbook savings accounts   1,092     1,611     3,147  
Money market accounts   5,122     4,758     3,039  
NOW accounts   221     257     321  
   Total due to depositors   28,922     27,461     28,147  
Mortgagors’ escrow deposits   50     60     57  
   Total interest expense on deposits $ 28,972   $ 27,521   $ 28,204  
 

Scheduled remaining maturities of certificate of deposit accounts are summarized as follows for the years ended December 31:

 
2004   2003  
 
 
 
(In thousands)  
Within 12 months $ 266,047   $ 258,059  
12 months to 24 months   216,933     144,970  
24 months to 36 months   70,752     44,653  
36 months to 48 months   69,151     64,587  
48 months to 60 months   49,854     64,904  
Over 60 months   30,577     16,587  
 
 
 
   Total certificate of deposit accounts $ 703,314   $ 593,760  
 
 
 

71


7. Borrowed Funds

Borrowed funds are summarized as follows at December 31:

 
2004     2003  
 
   
 
Amount   Weighted Average
Rate		     Amount   Weighted
Average
Rate		  
 
   
 
(Dollars in thousands)  
Repurchase agreements – adjustable rate:                
    Due in 2010 $ 25,000   2.16 %   $ 25,000     0.93 %
 
 
 
Repurchase agreements – fixed rate:                        
    Due in 2005   20,900   4.01       20,900     4.01  
    Due in 2006   53,000   3.67       33,000     3.93  
    Due in 2007   60,000   5.25       60,000     5.25  
    Due in 2008   20,000   3.89       —     —  
    Due in 2009   35,000   5.08       25,000     5.52  
 
 
 
        Total repurchase agreements – fixed rate   188,900   4.49       138,900     4.80  
 
 
 
        Total repurchase agreements   213,900   4.22       163,900     4.21  
 
 
 
FHLB-NY advances – adjustable rate:                        
    Due in 2004   —   —       50,000     1.89  
    Due in 2006   10,000   2.92       10,000     1.71  
    Due in 2007   35,000   3.03       35,000     2.11  
 
 
 
        Total FHLB-NY advances – adjustable rate   45,000   3.01       95,000     1.95  
 
 
 
FHLB-NY advances – fixed rate:                        
                         
    Due in 2004   —   —       74,000     3.90  
    Due in 2005   40,000   1.96       20,000     1.51  
    Due in 2006   40,000   4.64       40,000     4.64  
    Due in 2007   75,000   4.03       35,000     5.32  
    Due in 2008   70,000   3.48       60,000     3.56  
    Due in 2009   30,000   3.07       30,000     3.07  
    Due in 2010   50,000   6.56       40,000     7.30  
    Due in 2011   217   7.34       242     7.34  
 
 
 
        Total FHLB-NY advances – fixed rate   305,217   4.03       299,242     4.31  
 
 
 
        Total FHLB-NY advances   350,217   3.90       394,242     3.74  
 
 
 
Other borrowings – adjustable rate:                        
  Due in 2032   20,619   5.72       20,000     4.80  
 
 
 
  Total borrowings $ 584,736   4.08 %   $ 578,142     3.91 %
 
 
 
 

Borrowed funds which have call provisions are summarized as follows at December 31, 2004:

 
Amount   Rate     Maturity Date   Call Date
 
 
   
 
  (Dollars in thousands)
FHLB-NY advances – fixed rate: $ 25,000     6.15 %  
7/13/2007
  
On demand
Repurchase agreements – fixed rate   50,000     5.64    
12/18/2007
  
On demand
Repurchase agreements – fixed rate   25,000     5.52    
7/22/2009
  
On demand
Repurchase agreements – fixed rate (1)   10,900     6.36    
9/15/2005
  
On demand
Repurchase agreements – fixed rate (2)   18,000     4.96    
1/19/2006
  
On demand
Repurchase agreements – adjustable rate   25,000     2.16    
12/8/2010
  
12/8/2005
   
(1)
In January 2005, the maturity was extended to March 15, 2010 at a rate of 4.18% with a call date of March 15, 2007.
   
(2)
In January 2005, the maturity was extended to April 19, 2010 at a rate of 4.00% with a call date of April 19, 2007.

72


As part of the Company’s strategy to finance investment opportunities and manage its cost of funds, the Company enters into repurchase agreements with broker-dealers and the FHLB-NY. These agreements are recorded as financing transactions and the obligations to repurchase are reflected as a liability in the consolidated financial statements. The securities underlying the agreements were delivered to the broker-dealers or the FHLB-NY who arranged the transaction. The securities remain registered in the name of the Company and are returned upon the maturity of the agreement. The Company retains the right of substitution of collateral throughout the terms of the agreements. All the repurchase agreements are collateralized by mortgage-backed securities. Information relating to these agreements at or for the years ended December 31 is as follows:

 
2004   2003  
 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)  
Book value of collateral $ 230,400   $ 161,617  
Estimated fair value of collateral   230,400     161,617  
Average balance of outstanding agreements during the year   194,610     121,338  
Maximum balance of outstanding agreements at a month end during the year   213,900     163,900  
Average interest rate of outstanding agreements during the year   4.23 %   5.20 %
 

Pursuant to a blanket collateral agreement with the FHLB-NY, advances are secured by all of the Bank’s stock in the FHLB-NY, certain qualifying mortgage loans, mortgage-backed and mortgage-related securities, and other securities not otherwise pledged in an amount at least equal to 110% of the advances outstanding.

The Holding Company also has a trust formed under the laws of the State of Delaware for the purpose of issuing capital and common securities and investing the proceeds thereof in $20.6 million of junior subordinated debentures of the Holding Company. On July 11, 2002, the Trust issued $20.0 million of floating rate capital securities. The capital securities have a maturity date of October 7, 2032, are callable at par on July 7, 2007 and every quarter thereafter, and pay cumulative cash distributions at a floating per annum rate of interest, reset quarterly, equal to 3.65% over 3-month LIBOR, with an initial rate of 5.51%. The rate was 5.72% at December 31, 2004. A rate cap of 12.50% is effective through October 7, 2007. The Holding Company has guaranteed the payment of the Trust’s obligations under these capital securities. The terms of the junior subordinated debentures are the same as those of the capital securities issued by the Trust. Prior to 2004, the Trust was included in the consolidated financial statements of the Company. Effective January 1, 2004, the Trust was deconsolidated. The consolidated financial statements now include the junior subordinated debentures of the Holding Company.

8. Income Taxes

Flushing Financial Corporation files consolidated Federal and combined New York State and New York City income tax returns with its subsidiaries, with the exception of the Trust and FPFC, which file separate Federal, New York State and New York City income tax returns as a trust and real estate investment trust, respectively. A deferred tax liability is recognized on all taxable temporary differences and a deferred tax asset is recognized on all deductible temporary differences and operating losses and tax credit carry-forwards. A valuation allowance is recognized to reduce the potential deferred tax asset if it is “more likely than not” that all or some portion of that potential deferred tax asset will not be realized. The Company must also take into account changes in tax laws or rates when valuing the deferred income tax amounts it carries on its Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.

The Company’s annual tax liability for New York State and New York City was the greater of a tax based on “entire net income”, “alternative entire net income”, “taxable assets” or a minimum tax. For the year ended December 31, 2004, the Company’s state and city tax was based on “entire net income”. For each of the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, the Company’s state and city tax was based on “alternative entire net income”.


73


Income tax provisions (benefits) are summarized as follows for the years ended December 31:

 
     
2004
2003
2002
  
      (In thousands)  
Federal:                      
   Current     $ 12,197   $ 9,679   $ 9,174  
   Deferred       (743 )   820     (927 )
     Total federal tax provision       11,454     10,499     8,247  
State and Local:    
   Current       2,877     2,020     1,652  
   Deferred       65     1,025     68  
     Total state and local provision       2,942     3,045     1,720  
Total income tax provision     $ 14,396   $ 13,544   $ 9,967  
 

The income tax provision in the Consolidated Statements of Income has been provided at effective rates of 38.9%, 38.5% and 38.0% for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. The effective rates differ from the statutory federal income tax rate as follows for the years ended December 31:

 
    2004   2003   2002  
   
 
 
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  
Taxes at federal statutory rate   $ 12,966   35.0 % $ 12,328   35.0 % $ 9,181   35.0 %
Increase (reduction) in taxes resulting from:  
   State and local income tax, net of Federal income                          
     tax benefit   1,912   5.2   1,979   5.6   1,118   4.3  
   Other   (482 ) (1.3 ) (763 ) (2.1 ) (332 ) (1.3 )
   
 
 
 
       Taxes at effective rate   $ 14,396   38.9 % $ 13,544   38.5 % $ 9,967   38.0 %
   
 
 
 
 

The components of the income taxes attributable to income from operations and changes in equity are as follows for the years ended December 31:

 
  2004   2003   2002  
 
 
 
 
(In thousands)  
Income from operations     $ 14,396   $ 13,544   $ 9,967  
Equity:    
   Change in fair value of securities available for sale       (1,190 )   (3,314 )   2,385  
   Adjustment required to recognize minimum pension liability       9     (22 )   (221 )
   Compensation expense for tax purposes in excess of that                      
       recognized for financial reporting purposes       (3,144 )   (3,331 )   (1,366 )
Total income taxes     $ 10,071   $ 6,877   $ 10,765  
 

The components of the net deferred tax asset are as follows at December 31:

 
2004   2003  
 
 
 
(In thousands)  
Deferred tax asset:            
   Postretirement benefits     $ 2,808   $ 2,143  
   Impairment write-down       39     —  
   Unrealized losses on securities available for sale       549     —  
   Minimum pension liability       234     243  
   Other       532     270  
      Deferred tax asset       4,162     2,656  
 Deferred tax liabilities:    
   Unrealized gains on securities available for sale       —     641  
   Allowance for loan losses       277     95  
   Depreciation       128     22  
   Other       4     4  
     Deferred tax liability       409     762  
Net deferred tax asset included in other assets     $ 3,753   $ 1,894  

74


The Company has recorded a net deferred tax asset of $3,753,000. This represents the anticipated net federal, state and local tax benefits expected to be realized in future years upon the utilization of the underlying tax attributes comprising this balance. The Company has reported taxable income for federal, state, and local tax purposes in each of the past three years. In management’s opinion, in view of the Company’s previous, current and projected future earnings trend, it is more likely than not that the net deferred tax asset will be fully realized. Accordingly, no valuation allowance was deemed necessary for the net deferred tax asset at December 31, 2004 and 2003.

9. Benefit Plans

Defined Contribution Plans:

The Company maintains a profit sharing plan and the Bank maintains a 401(k) plan. Both plans are tax-qualified defined contribution plans which cover substantially all employees. Annual contributions are at the discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors, but not to exceed the maximum amount allowable under the Internal Revenue Code. Currently, annual matching contributions under the Bank’s 401(k) plan equal 50% of the employee’s contributions, up to a maximum of 3% of the employee’s compensation. Contributions to the profit sharing plan are determined at the end of each year. Contributions by the Bank into the 401(k) plan vest 20% per year over a five-year period beginning after the employee has completed one year of service. Contributions into the profit sharing plan vest 20% per year over the employee’s first five years of service. Compensation expense recorded by the Company for these plans amounted to $805,000, $738,000 and $679,000 for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

The Bank provides a non-qualified deferred compensation plan as an incentive for officers who have achieved the level of at least vice president. In addition to the amounts deferred by the officers, the Bank matches 50% of their contributions, generally up to a maximum of 5% of the officers’ salary. The Bank also provides an additional non-contributory deferred compensation plan for its president in the amount of 10% of his salary. Compensation expense recorded by the Company for these plans amounted to $201,000, $189,000 and $172,000 for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

Employee Benefit Trust:

An Employee Benefit Trust (“EBT”) has been established to assist the Company in funding its benefit plan obligations. In connection with the Bank’s conversion to a federal stock savings bank in 1995, the EBT borrowed $7,928,000 from the Company and used $7,000 of cash received from the Bank to purchase 2,328,750 shares of the common stock of the Company. The loan will be repaid principally from the Company’s discretionary contributions to the EBT and dividend payments received on common stock held by the EBT, or may be forgiven by the Company, over a period of 30 years. At December 31, 2004, the loan had an outstanding balance of $4,336,000, bearing a fixed interest rate of 6.22% per annum. The loan obligation of the EBT is considered unearned compensation and, as such, is recorded as a reduction of the Company’s stockholders’ equity. Both the loan obligation and the unearned compensation are reduced by the amount of loan repayments made by the EBT or forgiven by the Company. Shares purchased with the loan proceeds are held in a suspense account for contribution to specified benefit plans as the loan is repaid or forgiven. Shares released from the suspense account are used solely for funding matching contributions under the Bank’s 401(k) plan and contributions to the Company’s profit-sharing plan. Since annual contributions are discretionary with the Company or dependent upon employee contributions, compensation payable under the EBT cannot be estimated. For the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, the Company funded $707,000, $649,000 and $597,000, respectively, of employer contributions to the 401(k) and profit sharing plans from the EBT.

The shares held in the suspense account are pledged as collateral and are reported as unallocated EBT shares in stockholders’ equity. As shares are released from the suspense account, the Company reports compensation expense equal to the current market price of the shares, and the shares become outstanding for earnings per share computations. The EBT shares are as follows at December 31:

 
2004
 
2003 		 
     
 
 
                 
Shares owned by Employee Benefit Trust, beginning balance       1,779,057     1,816,344  
Shares released and allocated       (35,779 )   (37,287 )
Shares owned by Employee Benefit Trust, ending balance       1,743,278     1,779,057  
Market value of unallocated shares     $ 34,970,157   $ 32,521,162  

75


Restricted Stock Plan:

The 1996 Restricted Stock Incentive Plan (“Restricted Stock Plan”) became effective on May 21, 1996 after adoption by the Board of Directors and approval by stockholders. The Restricted Stock Plan provides for the grant of shares of restricted stock and restricted stock units which are settled in shares of common stock. The aggregate number of shares of common stock which may be issued under the Restricted Stock Plan, as amended, may not exceed 1,225,687 shares to employees, and 394,312 shares to outside directors, for a total of 1,619,999 shares. Lapsed, forfeited or canceled awards and shares withheld from an award to satisfy tax withholding obligations will not count against these limits, and will be available for subsequent grants. The shares distributed under the Restricted Stock Plan may be shares held in treasury or authorized but unissued shares. The following table summarizes certain activity for the Restricted Stock Plan, after giving effect to the three-for-two common stock split distributed in the form of a stock dividend on December 15, 2003, for the years ended December 31:

 
2004   2003   2002  
     
 
 
 
Shares available for future Restricted Stock Plan awards at                
    beginning of year       373,125     417,768     497,777  
Restricted Stock Plan awards       (91,657 )   (81,783 )   (103,608 )
Shares repurchased to satisfy tax withholding obligations       25,222     30,855     20,329  
Forfeitures       3,125     6,285     3,270  
Shares available for future Restricted Stock Plan awards at end of year       309,815     373,125     417,768  
 

The Board of Directors has discretion to determine the vesting period of all grants to employees. All grants that have been awarded to employees vest 20% per year over a five-year period. Initial grants to outside directors vest 20% per year over a five-year period, while subsequent annual grants to outside directors vest one-third per year over a three-year period. All grants have full vesting in the event of death, disability, retirement or a change in control. Compensation expense for the Restricted Stock Plan is measured based on the Company’s common stock price on the grant date, and is recognized over the service period, which is generally the vesting period. Total restricted stock award expense in 2004, 2003 and 2002 was $2,045,000, $976,000 and $751,000, respectively. Included in restricted stock award expense in 2004 is $833,000 recorded in the first quarter that was an adjustment to amortization of compensation expense for certain of the Company’s restricted stock awards to reflect that certain participants under the Restricted Stock Plan had reached, or were close to reaching, retirement eligibility, at which time awards fully vest. The second quarter of 2004 included an expense of $382,000 for restricted stock unit awards to participants who at the time of grant had no risk of forfeiture.

Stock Option Plan:

The 1996 Stock Option Incentive Plan (“Stock Option Plan”) became effective on May 21, 1996 after adoption by the Board of Directors and approval by stockholders. The Stock Option Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options intended to comply with the requirements of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code, non-statutory stock options, and limited stock appreciation rights granted in tandem with such options. The aggregate number of shares of common stock which may be issued under the Stock Option Plan, as amended, with respect to options granted to employees may not exceed 3,623,905 shares, and with respect to options granted to outside directors may not exceed 1,672,030 shares, for a total of 5,295,935 shares. Lapsed, forfeited or canceled options will not count against these limits and will be available for subsequent grants. However, the cancellation of an option upon exercise of a related stock appreciation right will count against these limits. Options with respect to more than 253,125 shares of common stock may not be granted to any employee in any calendar year. The shares distributed under the Stock Option Plan may be shares held in treasury or authorized but unissued shares. The Board of Directors has discretion to determine the vesting period of all grants to employees. Initial grants to outside directors vest 20% per year over a five-year period, while subsequent annual grants to outside directors vest one-third per year over a three-year period. All grants have full vesting in the event of death, disability, retirement or a change in control.


76


The following table summarizes certain information regarding the Stock Option Plan after giving effect to the three-for-two common stock split distributed in the form of a stock dividend on December 15, 2003.

 
Shares
Underlying
Options 		  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price 		 
   
 
 
Balance outstanding December 31, 2001     2,891,989   $
6.08
  
   Granted     412,500   $
12.46
  
   Exercised     (389,500 ) $
4.88
  
   Forfeited     (7,290 ) $
8.82
  
   
     
Balance outstanding December 31, 2002     2,907,699   $
7.14
  
   Granted     268,050   $
13.55
  
   Exercised     (853,685 ) $
5.22
  
   Forfeited     (27,795 ) $
9.00
  
   
     
Balance outstanding December 31, 2003     2,294,269   $
8.58
  
   Granted     237,450   $
17.75
  
   Exercised     (560,763 ) $
6.12
  
   Forfeited     (5,705 ) $
13.49
  
   
     
Balance Outstanding December 31, 2004     1,965,251   $
10.38
  
   
     
Shares available for future stock option awards at December 31, 2004     858,620  
   
     
 

The following table summarizes information about the Stock Option Plan at December 31, 2004:

 
    Options Outstanding   Options Exercisable  
   
 
 
Exercise Prices  

Number
Outstanding
At 12/31/04

 

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual Life

 

Number
Exercisable
At 12/31/04

 

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

 
 
 
 
 
 
$ 4.81     308,496   1.4 years     308,496   $ 4.81  
 $ 5.00 - $10.00     480,010   4.4 years     418,765   $ 6.60  
$10.01 - $15.00     939,945   7.5 years     490,005   $ 11.87  
 $15.01 - $20.00     236,800   9.6 years     82,250   $ 16.93  
 
 
 $4.81 - $20.00     1,965,251   6.0 years     1,299,516   $ 8.82  
 
 
 

There were 1,391,494 options exercisable at a weighted average exercise price of $6.66 at December 31, 2003, and 1,922,938 options exercisable at a weighted average exercise price of $5.45 at December 31, 2002.

10. Pension and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans

Employee Pension Plan:

The Bank has a funded noncontributory defined benefit pension plan covering substantially all of its employees (the “Retirement Plan”). The benefits are based on years of service and the employee’s compensation during the three consecutive years out of the final ten years of service that produces the highest average. The Bank’s funding policy is to contribute annually the amount recommended by the Retirement Plan’s actuary. Contributions are intended to provide not only for the benefits attributed to service to date but also for those expected to be earned in the future. The Bank’s Retirement Plan invests in diversified equity and fixed-income funds, which are independently managed by a third party. The Company uses a September 30 measurement date for the Retirement Plan.


77


The following table sets forth, for the Retirement Plan, the change in benefit obligation and assets, and for the Company, the amounts recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition at December 31:

 
2004   2003  
 
 
 
(In thousands)  
Change in benefit obligation:        
   Projected benefit obligation at beginning of year $ 12,843   $ 11,329  
   Service cost   621     554  
   Interest cost   788     754  
   Actuarial loss   275     681  
   Benefits paid   (521 )   (475 )
       Projected benefit obligation at end of year   14,006     12,843  
Change in plan assets:
   Market value of assets at beginning of year   11,612     10,112  
   Actual return on plan assets   1,089     1,195  
   Employer contributions   859     780  
   Benefits paid   (521 )   (475 )
       Market value of plan assets at end of year   13,039     11,612  
Funded status   (967 )   (1,231 )
   Unrecognized net loss from past experience different from that assumed and
      effects of changes in assumptions   4,464     4,193  
   Prior service cost not yet recognized in periodic pension cost   —     (13 )
Prepaid pension cost included in other assets $ 3,497   $ 2,949  
 

Assumptions used to determine the Retirement Plan’s benefit obligations were:

 
  2004   2003  
     
 
 
Weighted average discount rate     6.13%   6.25%  
Rate of increase in future compensation levels     3.25%   3.50%  
Expected long-term rate of return on assets     8.50%   8.50%  
 

The amounts shown above as prepaid pension cost are the only amounts recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition at December 31, 2004 and 2003. The accumulated benefit obligation for the Retirement Plan was $12,398,000 and $11,175,000 at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

The components of the net pension expense for the Retirement Plan are as follows for the years ended December 31:

 
2004   2003   2002  
 
 
 
 
(In thousands)  
Service cost   $ 621   $ 554   $ 452  
Interest cost     788     754     695  
Amortization of past service liability     (13 )   (24 )   (24 )
Amortization of unrecognized loss     81     18     —  
Expected return on plan assets     (1,166 )   (1,087 )   (947 )
    Net pension expense   $ 311   $ 215   $ 176  
 

Assumptions used to develop periodic pension benefit expense for the Retirement Plan for the years ended December 31 were:

 
  2004   2003   2002
       
 
 
Weighted average discount rate       6 .25%   6 .50%   7 .25%
Rate of increase in future compensation levels       3 .50%   4 .00%   4 .50%
Expected long-term rate of return on assets       9 .00%   8 .50%   9 .00%

The long-term rate-of-return-on-assets assumption was set based on historical returns earned by equities and fixed income securities, adjusted to reflect expectations of future returns as applied to the Retirement Plan’s target allocation of asset classes. Equities and fixed income securities were assumed to earn real rates of return in the ranges of 5-9% and

78


2-6%, respectively. The long-term inflation rate was estimated to be 3%. When these overall return expectations are applied to the Retirement Plan’s target allocation, the expected rate of return is determined to be 8-10%, which is roughly the midpoint of the range of expected return.

The Retirement Plan’s weighted average asset allocations at December 31, by asset category, were:

 
2004		   2003  
     
 
 
Equity securities       69%     67%  
Debt securities       31%     33%  
 

Retirement Plan assets are invested in six diversified investment funds of the RSI Retirement Trust (the “RSI Trust”), a no load series open-end mutual fund. In addition, a small portion of the assets (less than 1.0%) is invested in RS Group common stock. The investment funds include four equity mutual funds and two bond mutual funds, each with its own investment objectives, investment strategies and risks, as detailed in the RSI Trust’s prospectus. The RSI Trust has been given discretion by the Plan Sponsor to determine the appropriate strategic asset allocation versus plan liabilities, as governed by the RSI Trust’s Statement of Investment Objectives and Guidelines (the “Guidelines”).

The long-term investment objective is to be invested 65% in equity securities (equity mutual funds) and 35% in debt securities (bond mutual funds). If the plan’s current liability is underfunded under the Guidelines, the bond fund portion may be temporarily increased up to 50% in order to lessen asset value volatility. When the plan’s current liability is no longer underfunded, the bond fund portion generally will be decreased back to 35%. The plan’s current liability is measured based on current service and compensation levels with no projections into the future. Asset rebalancing is performed at least annually, with interim adjustments made when the investment mix varies more than 5% from the target (i.e., a 10% target range).

The investment goal is to achieve investment results that will contribute to the proper funding of the Retirement Plan by exceeding the rate of inflation over the long-term. Performance volatility is also monitored. Risk/volatility is further managed by the distinct investment objectives of each of the RSI Trust’s funds and the diversification within each fund.

The Bank expects to contribute $0.9 million to its Retirement Plan in 2005.

The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, are expected to be paid by the Retirement Plan:

 
For the year ending December 31:
 Future
Benefit
Payments 		 
 
(In thousands)  
2005     $
634
2006      
632
  
2007      
654
  
2008      
737
  
2009      
803
  
2010 - 2014      
4,869  
  
 

Outside Director Pension Plan:

The Bank has an unfunded noncontributory defined benefit Outside Director Retirement Plan (the “Directors’ Plan”), which provides benefits to each outside director who has at least five years of service as an outside director and whose years of service as an outside director plus age equal or exceed 55. Benefits are also payable to an outside director whose status as an outside director terminates because of death or disability or who is an outside director upon a change of control (as defined in the Directors’ Plan). Any person who becomes an outside director after January 1, 2004 will not be eligible to participate in the Directors’ Plan. An eligible director will be paid an annual retirement benefit equal to the last annual retainer paid, plus fees paid to such director for attendance at Board meetings of the Holding Company or the Bank during the twelve-month period prior to retirement, but not more than $48,000. Such benefit will be paid in equal monthly installments for the lesser of the number of months such director served as an outside director or 120 months. In the event of a termination of Board service due to a change of control, an outside director who has completed at least two years of service as an outside director will receive a cash lump sum payment equal to 120 months of benefit, and an outside director with less than two years service will receive a cash lump sum payment equal to a number of months of benefit equal to the number of months of his service as an outside director. In the event of the director’s death, the surviving spouse will receive the equivalent benefit. No benefits will be payable to a director who is removed for cause. The Holding Company has guaranteed the payment of benefits under the Directors’ Plan. Upon adopting the Directors’ Plan, the Bank elected to


79


immediately recognize the effect of adopting the Directors’ Plan. Subsequent plan amendments are amortized as a past service liability. The Bank uses a December 31 measurement date for the Directors’ Plan.

The following table sets forth, for the Directors’ Plan, the change in benefit obligation and assets, and for the Company, the amounts recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition at December 31:

 
2004		   2003  
 
 
 
(In thousands)  
Change in benefit obligation:        
   Projected benefit obligation at beginning of year $ 2,575   $ 2,518  
   Service cost   74     40  
   Interest cost   50     20  
   Actuarial (gain)loss   (2 )   73  
   Benefits paid   (99 )   (76 )
   Plan amendments   453     —  
       Projected benefit obligation at end of year   3,051     2,575  
Change in plan assets:
   Market value of assets at beginning of year   —     —  
   Employer contributions   99     76  
   Benefits paid   (99 )   (76 )
       Market value of plan assets at end of year   —     —  
Funded status   (3,051 )   (2,575 )
   Unrecognized net loss from past experience different from that assumed and
      effects of changes in assumptions   536     544  
   Prior service cost not yet recognized in periodic pension cost   857     544  
   Adjustment required to recognize minimum liability   (1,360 )   (1,063 )
 
   Accrued pension cost included in other liabilities $ (3,018 ) $ (2,550 )
 

The accumulated benefit obligation for the Directors’ Plan was $3,051,000 and $2,575,000 at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

The components of the net pension expense for the Directors’ Plan are as follows for the years ended December 31:

 
2004 2003 2002
  (In thousands)  
Service cost $ 74   $ 40   $ 38  
Interest cost   50     20     32  
Amortization of unrecognized loss   15     14     14  
Amortization of past service liability   141     119     119  
    Net pension expense $ 280   $ 193   $ 203  
 

Assumptions used to determine benefit obligations and periodic pension benefit expense for the Directors’ Plan for the years ended December 31 were:

 
2004 2003 2002
Weighted average discount rate for the benefit obligation   6.13 %   6.25 %   6.50 %
Weighted average discount rate for periodic pension benefit expense   6.25 %   6.50 %   7.25 %
Rate of increase in future compensation levels   0.00 %   0.00 %   0.00 %
 

The increase (decrease) included in other comprehensive income for the change in the minimum liability for the Directors’ Plan was ($7,000), $22,000 and $254,000 for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

The Bank expects to make payments of $147,000 under its Directors’ Plan in 2005.


80


The following benefit payments under the Directors’ Plan, which reflect expected future service, are expected to be paid:

 
For the year ending December 31:
     
  Future Benefit
Payments 		 
 
 
  (In thousands)  
2005 $ 147  
2006   145  
2007   153  
2008   189  
2009   226  
2010 - 2014   1,180  
 

Amounts recognized for the Directors’ Plan in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position consist of:

 
2004 2003
  (In thousands)  
Accrued benefit $ (3,018 ) $ (2,550 )
Intangible asset   857     544  
Accumulated other comprehensive income   269     276  
   Net amount recognized $ (1,892 ) $ (1,730 )
 

Other Postretirement Benefit Plans:

The Company sponsors two unfunded postretirement benefit plans (the “Postretirement Plans”) that cover all retirees who were full-time permanent employees with at least five years of service, and their spouses. One plan provides medical benefits through a 50% cost sharing arrangement. Spouses of employees who retire after December 31, 1999 are required to pay 100% of the premiums for their coverage. The other plan provides life insurance benefits and is noncontributory. Under these programs, eligible retirees receive lifetime medical and life insurance coverage for themselves and lifetime medical coverage for their spouses. The Company reserves the right to amend or terminate these plans at its discretion.

Comprehensive medical plan benefits equal the lesser of the normal plan benefit or the total amount not paid by Medicare. Life insurance benefits for retirees are based on annual compensation and age at retirement. As of December 31, 2004, the Company has not funded these plans. The Company uses a December 31 measurement date for these plans.

The following table sets forth, for the Postretirement Plans, the change in benefit obligation and assets, and for the Company, the amounts recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition at December 31:

 
2004 2003
  (In thousands)  
Change in benefit obligation:        
   Projected benefit obligation at beginning of year $ 3,574   $ 3,423  
   Service cost   162     152  
   Interest cost   235     218  
   Actuarial (gain) loss   317     (37 )
   Benefits paid   (94 )   (182 )
       Projected benefit obligation at end of year   4,194     3,574  
Change in plan assets:
   Market value of assets at beginning of year   —     —  
   Employer contributions   94     182  
   Benefits paid   (94 )   (182 )
       Market value of plan assets at end of year   —     —  
Funded status   (4,194 )   (3,574 )
   Unrecognized net loss from past experience different from that assumed and
      effects of changes in assumptions   1,256     1,008  
   Prior service cost not yet recognized in periodic pension cost   (135 )   (266 )
Accrued postretirement cost included in other liabilities $ (3,073 ) $ (2,832 )

81


The amounts shown above as accrued postretirement cost are the only amounts recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition at December 31, 2004 and 2003. The accumulated benefit obligation for the Postretirement Plans was $4,194,000 and $3,574,000 at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

Assumptions used in determining the actuarial present value of the accumulated postretirement benefit obligations at December 31 are as follows:

 
  2004     2003     2002  
       
   
   
 
Rate of return on plan assets       NA     NA     NA  
Discount rate       6.13 %   6.25 %   6.50 %
Rate of increase in health care costs    
     Initial       10.00 %   10.00 %   9.00 %
     Ultimate (year 2011)       4.25 %   3.75 %   4.50 %
Annual rate of salary increases for life insurance       3.25 %   3.25 %   4.00 %
 

The resulting net periodic postretirement benefit expense consisted of the following components for the years ended December 31:

 
2004   2003   2002  
 
 
 
 
(In thousands  
Service cost     $ 162   $ 152   $ 98  
Interest cost       235     218     153  
Amortization of unrecognized loss       69     61     —  
Amortization of past service liability       (131 )   (131 )   (130 )
    Net postretirement benefit expense     $ 335   $ 300   $ 121  
 

Assumptions used to develop periodic postretirement benefit expense for the Postretirement Plans for the years ended December 31 were:

 
      2004   2003   2002  
     
 
 
 
Rate of return on plan assets       NA     NA     NA  
Discount rate       6.25 %   6.50 %   7.25 %
Rate of increase in health care costs    
     Initial       10.00 %   9.00 %   9.00 %
     Ultimate (year 2011)       3.75 %   4.50 %   4.50 %
Annual rate of salary increases for life insurance       3.25 %   4.00 %   4.50 %
 

The health care cost trend rate assumptions have a significant effect on the amounts reported. A one percentage point change in assumed health care trend rates would have the following effects:

 
Increase   Decrease  
 
 
 
  (In thousands)  
Effect on postretirement benefit obligation     $ 412   $ (333 )
Effect on total service and interest cost       43     (37 )
 

The Company expects to pay benefits of $157,000 under its Postretirement Plans in 2005.

The following benefit payments under the Postretirement Plan, which reflect expected future service, are expected to be paid:

 
For the year ending December 31:
 Future Benefit
Payments		  
 
 
(In thousands)  
2005     $
157
  
2006      
168
  
2007      
180
  
2008      
194
  
2009      
203
  
2010 - 2014      
1,136
  

82


On December 8, 2003, the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 (the “Medicare Act”) was signed into law. The Medicare Act introduces a prescription drug benefit under Medicare Part D as well as a Federal subsidy to employers whose plans provide an “actuarial equivalent” prescription drug benefit. Since the Company does not currently provide a prescription drug benefit for retirees, the Medicare Act has not had an effect on the consolidated financial statements.

11. Stockholders’ Equity                   

Dividend Restrictions:

In connection with the Bank’s conversion from mutual to stock form in November 1995, a special liquidation account was established at the time of conversion, in accordance with the requirements of the Office of Thrift Supervision (“OTS”), which was equal to its capital as of June 30, 1995. The liquidation account is reduced as and to the extent that eligible account holders have reduced their qualifying deposits. Subsequent increases in deposits do not restore an eligible account holder’s interest in the liquidation account. In the event of a complete liquidation of the Bank, each eligible account holder will be entitled to receive a distribution from the liquidation account in an amount proportionate to the current adjusted qualifying balances for accounts then held. As of December 31, 2004, the Bank’s liquidation account was $4.7 million and was presented within retained earnings.

In addition to the restriction described above, Federal banking regulations place certain restrictions on dividends paid by the Bank to the Holding Company. The total amount of dividends which may be paid at any date is generally limited to the net income of the Bank for the current year and prior two years, less any dividends previously paid from those earnings. As of December 31, 2004, the Bank had $45.8 million in retained earnings available to distribute to the Holding Company in the form of cash dividends.

In addition, dividends paid by the Bank to the Holding Company would be prohibited if the effect thereof would cause the Bank’s capital to be reduced below applicable minimum capital requirements.

Stock Split:

The Company declared a three-for-two stock split which was distributed on December 15, 2003 in the form of a stock dividend. This dividend was not paid on shares held in treasury. Shares issued and outstanding for prior years have been restated to reflect this three-for-two stock split. Treasury share amounts have not been restated for prior years as the stock dividend was not paid on these shares.

Treasury Stock Transactions:

The Holding Company repurchased 520,600 shares in 2004 and 505,050 shares in 2003, of its outstanding common stock on the open market under its stock repurchase programs. In the third quarter of 2004, the Company announced the approval of a new stock repurchase program, which authorized the purchase of an additional 1,000,000 shares. At December 31, 2004, 919,350 shares remain to be repurchased under this plan. During 2003, 1,011,660 shares of Treasury Stock were used to pay the stock dividend discussed in the paragraph above. At December 31, 2003, as a result of using Treasury Stock to pay the stock dividend, there were no shares held as Treasury Stock.

12. Regulatory Capital

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (“FDICIA”) imposes a number of mandatory supervisory measures on banks and thrift institutions. Among other matters, FDICIA established five capital zones or classifications (well-capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized). Such classifications are used by the OTS and other bank regulatory agencies to determine matters ranging from each institution’s semi-annual FDIC deposit insurance premium assessments, to approvals of applications authorizing institutions to grow their asset size or otherwise expand business activities. Under OTS capital regulations, the Bank is required to comply with each of three separate capital adequacy standards. As of December 31, 2004, the Bank continues to be categorized as “well-capitalized” by the OTS under the prompt corrective action regulations and continues to exceed all regulatory capital requirements.


83


Set forth below is a summary of the Bank’s compliance with OTS capital standards.

 
      December 31, 2004   December 31, 2003  
     
 
 
      Amount   Percent of
Assets		   Amount   Percent of
Assets		  
     
 
 
 
 
      (Dollars in thousands)  
Tangible capital:                    
   Capital level     $ 161,176     7.89 % $ 151,509     8.00 %
   Requirement       30,659     1.50     28,423     1.50  
   Excess       130,517     6.39     123,086     6.50  
Leverage and Core (Tier I) capital:    
   Capital level     $ 161,176     7.89 % $ 151,509     8.00 %
   Requirement       61,318     3.00     56,846     3.00  
   Excess       99,858     4.89     94,663     5.00  
Total risk-based capital:    
   Capital level     $ 167,710     14.01 % $ 158,062     15.12 %
   Requirement       95,788     8.00     83,655     8.00  
   Excess       71,922     6.01     74,407     7.12  
 

13. Commitments and Contingencies

Commitments:

The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and lines of credit. The instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and market risks in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated financial statements.

The Company’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the counterparty to the financial instrument for loan commitments and lines of credit is represented by the contractual amounts of these instruments.

Commitments to extend credit (principally real estate mortgages) and lines of credit (principally construction loan and home equity loan lines of credit) amounted to approximately $57,231,000 and $30,378,000, respectively, at December 31, 2004. Since generally all of the loan commitments are expected to be drawn upon, the total loan commitments approximate future cash requirements, whereas the amounts of lines of credit may not be indicative of the Company’s future cash requirements. The loan commitments generally expire in ninety days, while construction loan lines of credit mature within eighteen months and home equity lines of credit mature within ten years. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments.

As of December 31, 2004, commitments to extend credit for fixed-rate real estate mortgages amounted to $7.0 million, with an average interest rate of 7.07%.

Commitments to extend credit are legally binding agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates and require payment of a fee. The Company evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. Collateral held consists primarily of real estate.

The Trust issued $20.0 million of floating rate capital securities in July 2002. The Holding Company has guaranteed the payment of the Trust’s obligations under these capital securities.


The Company’s minimum annual rental payments for Bank premises due under non-cancelable leases are as follows:
 
Minimum Rental  
 
 
(In thousands)  
Years ended December 31:
     2005     $ 1,466  
     2006       1,492  
     2007       869  
     2008       897  
     2009       917  
     Thereafter       3,544  
     
 
          Total minimum payments required     $ 9,185  
     
 

84

The leases have escalation clauses for operating expenses and real estate taxes. Certain lease agreements provide for increases in rental payments based upon increases in the consumer price index. Rent expense under these leases for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 was approximately $1,300,000, $1,000,000 and $936,000, respectively.

Contingencies:

The Company is a defendant in various lawsuits. Management of the Company, after consultation with outside legal counsels, believes that the resolution of these various matters will not result in any material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

14. Concentration of Credit Risk

The Company’s lending is concentrated in the metropolitan New York area. The Company evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis under the Company’s established underwriting policies. The collateral obtained by the Company generally consists of first liens on one-to-four family and multi-family residential commercial real estate.

15. Disclosures About Fair Value of Financial Instruments

SFAS No. 107, “Disclosures About Fair Value of Financial Instruments”, requires that the Company disclose the estimated fair values for certain of its financial instruments. Financial instruments include items such as loans, deposits, securities, commitments to lend and other items as defined in SFAS No. 107.

Fair value estimates are supposed to represent estimates of the amounts at which a financial instrument could be exchanged between willing parties in a current transaction other than in a forced liquidation. However, in many instances current exchange prices are not available for many of the Company’s financial instruments, since no active market generally exists for a significant portion of the Bank’s financial instruments. Accordingly, the Company uses other valuation techniques to estimate fair values of its financial instruments such as discounted cash flow methodologies and other methods allowable under SFAS No. 107.

Fair value estimates are subjective in nature and are dependent on a number of significant assumptions based on management’s judgment regarding future expected loss experience, current economic condition, risk characteristics of various financial instruments, and other factors. In addition, SFAS No. 107 allows a wide range of valuation techniques; therefore, it may be difficult to compare the Company’s fair value information to independent markets or to other financial institutions’ fair value information.

The Company generally holds its earning assets, other than securities available for sale, to maturity and settles its liabilities at maturity. However, fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time and are based on relevant market information. These estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from offering for sale at one time the Company’s entire holdings of a particular instrument. Accordingly, as assumptions change, such as interest rates and prepayments, fair value estimates change and these amounts may not necessarily be realized in an immediate sale.

SFAS No. 107 does not require disclosure about fair value information for items that do not meet the definition of a financial instrument or certain other financial instruments specifically excluded from its requirements. These items include core deposit intangibles and other customer relationships, premises and equipment, leases, income taxes, foreclosed properties and equity.

Further, SFAS No. 107 does not attempt to value future income or business. These items may be material and accordingly, the fair value information presented does not purport to represent, nor should it be construed to represent, the underlying “market” or franchise value of the Company.

The estimated fair value of each material class of financial instruments at December 31, 2004 and 2003 and the related methods and assumptions used to estimate fair value are as follows:

Cash and due from banks, overnight interest-earning deposits and federal funds sold, FHLB-NY stock, bank owned life insurance, interest and dividends receivable, mortgagors’ escrow deposits and other liabilities:

The carrying amounts are a reasonable estimate of fair value.

Securities available for sale:

The estimated fair values of securities available for sale are contained in Note 5 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Fair value is based upon quoted market prices, where available. If a quoted market price is not available, fair value is estimated using quoted market prices for similar securities and adjusted for differences between the quoted instrument and the instrument being valued.

85


Loans:

The estimated fair value of loans, with carrying amounts of $1,516,507,000 and $1,269,521,000 at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively, was $1,548,745,000 and $1,309,727,000 at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

Fair value is estimated by discounting the expected future cash flows using the current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and remaining maturities.

For non-accruing loans, fair value is generally estimated by discounting management’s estimate of future cash flows with a discount rate commensurate with the risk associated with such assets.

Due to depositors:

The estimated fair value of due to depositors, with carrying amounts of $1,276,324,000 and $1,158,575,000 at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively, was $1,235,418,000 and $1,128,123,000 at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

The fair values of demand, passbook savings, NOW and money market deposits are, by definition, equal to the amount payable on demand at the reporting dates (i.e. their carrying value). The fair value of fixed-maturity certificates of deposits are estimated by discounting the expected future cash flows using the rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.

Borrowed funds:

The estimated fair value of borrowed funds, with carrying amounts of $584,736,000 and $578,142,000 at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively, was $593,266,000 and $595,301,000 at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

The fair value of borrowed funds is estimated by discounting the contractual cash flows using interest rates in effect for borrowings with similar maturities and collateral requirements.

Other financial instruments:

The fair values of commitments to sell, lend or borrow are estimated using the fees currently charged or paid to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the present creditworthiness of the counterparties or on the estimated cost to terminate them or otherwise settle with the counterparties at the reporting date. For fixed-rate loan commitments to sell, lend or borrow, fair values also consider the difference between current levels of interest rates and committed rates (where applicable).

At December 31, 2004 and 2003, the fair values of the above financial instruments approximate the recorded amounts of the related fees and were not considered to be material.

16. Recent Accounting Pronouncements

                In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123R (revised 2004), “Share Based Payment”. This statement revises FASB Statement No. 123, “Accounting for Stock Based Compensation”, and supersedes APB Opinion No. 25 “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” and its related implementation guidance. This statement establishes fair value as the measurement objective in accounting for share-based payment arrangements and requires all entities to apply a fair-value-based measurement method in accounting for share-based payment transactions with employees. It requires that a public entity measure the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of an equity instrument based on the grant date fair value of the award. That cost will be recognized over the period during which an employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award. The requisite service period is usually the vesting period. The provisions of this statement are effective for the first interim or annual reporting period that begins after June 15, 2005. The effect on future earnings as a result of the adoption of this statement will primarily be dependent on the level of future grants of stock options awarded by the Company. While management is unable to determine the actual effect the adoption of this statement will have on its diluted earnings per share, management estimates, based on the Company granting awards at the same level as prior years, that the effect on annual diluted earnings per share will be in the range of $0.04 to $0.06 per diluted share.

                 On December 12, 2003, the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants issued Statement of Position No. 03-3, “Accounting for Certain Loans or Debt Securities Acquired in a Transfer” (“SOP 03-3”). SOP 03-3 requires acquired loans to be initially recorded at fair value, and prohibits carrying over or creating a valuation allowance in the initial accounting. SOP 03-3 also limits the yield that may be accreted to income. SOP 03-3 applies to the purchase of an individual loan, a pool of loans, a group of loans, and loans acquired in a business combination. SOP 03-3 is effective


86


for loans acquired in fiscal years beginning after December 31, 2004. The adoption of SOP 03-3 in the first quarter of 2005 did not have a material effect on the Company’s results of operations or financial condition.

                 On March 9, 2004, the Securities and Exchange Commission issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 105, “Application of Accounting Principles to Loan Commitments” (“SAB 105”), which specifies that servicing assets embedded in commitments for loans to be held for sale should be recognized only when the servicing asset has been contractually separated from the associated loans by sale or securitization. SAB 105 is effective for commitments entered into after March 31, 2004. The adoption of SAB 105 did not have a material effect on the Company’s results of operations or financial condition.

                 In January 2003, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued FASB Interpretation No. 46, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities” (“FIN 46”), which established guidance for determining when an entity should consolidate another entity that meets the definition of a variable interest entity (“VIE”). A VIE exists either when the entity does not have sufficient equity at risk or lacks any one of three characteristics normally associated with a controlling financial interest. If an entity is considered a VIE, judgment and quantitative analysis typically is required to assess whether the company should consolidate the entity as the primary beneficiary. The company is considered the primary beneficiary when it has a variable interest that will absorb a majority of an entity’s expected losses, receive a majority of an entity’s expected residual returns, or both. In December 2003, the FASB issued a revision to FIN 46, FIN 46R, to address various technical corrections and implementation issues that have arisen since its issuance. The provisions of FIN 46R were effective for the first quarter of 2004.

                 The Holding Company owns the Trust, a special purpose business trust formed to issue capital securities, which is subject to FIN 46 and FIN 46R. Prior to 2004, the Trust was consolidated. Since the Company does not have sufficient equity at risk, as defined in FIN 46R, the Trust was deconsolidated, effective with the first quarter of 2004. Deconsolidation of the Trust did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

17. Quarterly Financial Data (unaudited)

Selected unaudited quarterly financial data for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003 is presented below:

 
    2004 2003  
     
 
 
      4th   3rd   2nd   1st   4th   3rd   2nd   1st  
     
 
 
      (In thousands, except per share data)  
Quarterly operating data:
       
Interest income     $ 30,036   $ 30,022   $ 29,561   $ 29,105   $ 29,077   $ 28,125   $ 27,693   $ 27,444  
Interest expense       13,689     13,150     12,700     12,694     12,746     12,927     13,296     13,207  
     
   
 
   Net interest income       16,347     16,872     16,861     16,411     16,331     15,198     14,397     14,237  
Provision for loan losses       —     —     —     —     —     —     —     —  
Other operating income       1,324     1,528     1,615     1,476     1,370     1,662     1,648     1,605  
Other operating expense       9,449     8,142     8,509     9,289     8,165     7,922     7,890     7,249  
     
 
 
   Income before income                                                    
     tax expense       8,222     10,258     9,967     8,598     9,536     8,938     8,155     8,593  
Income tax expense       3,155     4,001     3,887     3,353     3,719     3,421     3,111     3,293  
     
 
 
   Net income     $ 5,067   $ 6,257   $ 6,080   $ 5,245   $ 5,817   $ 5,517   $ 5,044   $ 5,300  
     
 
 
Basic earnings per share     $ 0.29   $ 0.36   $ 0.35   $ 0.30   $ 0.34   $ 0.32   $ 0.30   $ 0.32  
Diluted earnings per share     $ 0.28   $ 0.35   $ 0.34   $ 0.29   $ 0.32   $ 0.31   $ 0.28   $ 0.30  
Dividends per share     $ 0.09   $ 0.09   $ 0.09   $ 0.08   $ 0.073   $ 0.073   $ 0.067   $ 0.067  
     
Average common shares outstanding for:    
  Basic earnings per share       17,444     17,458     17,439     17,377     17,137     17,104     17,055     16,792  
  Diluted earnings per share       18,069     18,051     18,093     18,163     17,948     17,815     17,773     17,500  

87


18. Parent Company Only Financial Information

Earnings of the Bank are recognized by the Holding Company using the equity method of accounting. Accordingly, earnings of the Bank are recorded as increases in the Holding Company’s investment, any dividends would reduce the Holding Company’s investment in the Bank, and any changes in the Bank’s unrealized gain or loss on securities available for sale, net of taxes, would increase or decrease, respectively, the Holding Company’s investment in the Bank. The condensed financial statements for the Holding Company at and for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003 are presented below:

 
2004   2003  
 
 
 
(In thousands)
  
Condensed Statements of Financial Condition
Assets:            
   Cash and due from banks     $ 9,203   $ 2,690  
   Securities available for sale:    
     Mortgage-backed securities       —     —  
     Other securities       6,388     6,782  
   Interest receivable       19     10  
   Investment in subsidiaries       163,954     156,186  
   Other assets       2,382     2,590  
       Total assets     $ 181,946   $ 168,258  
Liabilities:    
   Borrowings     $ 20,619   $ 20,619  
   Other liabilities       674     877  
       Total Liabilities       21,293     21,496  
Stockholders’ equity:    
   Common stock       195     193  
   Additional paid-in capital       37,187     32,783  
   Treasury stock       (3,893 )   —  
   Unearned compensation       (5,117 )   (7,373 )
   Retained earnings       133,290     120,683  
   Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of taxes       (1,009 )   476  
       Total equity       160,653     146,762  
       Total liabilities and equity     $ 181,946   $ 168,258  
                   
  2004     2003     2002  
 
 
 
 
(In thousands)  
Condensed Statements of Income
Dividends from the Bank     $ 17,000     —     —  
Interest income       283   $ 203   $ 333  
Interest expense       (1,095 )   (1,014 )   (540 )
Gain (loss) on sale of securities       229     (28 )   —  
Other operating income       6     —     —  
Other operating expenses       (983 )   (806 )   (722 )
                       
   Income (loss) before taxes and equity in undistributed earnings of                      
     subsidiary       15,440     (1,645 )   (929 )
Income tax benefit       690     780     457  
   Income (loss) before equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiary       16,130     (865 )   (472 )
Equity in undistributed earnings of the Bank       6,519     22,543     16,735  
       Net income     $ 22,649   $ 21,678   $ 16,263  

88


2004   2003   2002  
 
 
 
 
(In thousands)  
Condensed Statements of Cash Flow
Operating activities:                
  Net income     $ 22,649   $ 21,678   $ 16,263  
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by    
   operating activities:    
  Equity in undistributed earnings of the Bank       (6,519 )   (22,543 )   (16,735 )
  Net decrease in operating assets and liabilities       (168 )   (763 )   (898 )
  Amortization of unearned premium, net of accretion of unearned    
   discount       3     2     1  
Securities impairment adjustment       89     —     —  
Net gain on sale of investment securities       (318 )   —     —  
Unearned compensation, net       2,587     2,008     1,615  
         Net cash provided by operating activities       18,323     382     246  
Investing activities:    
   Purchases of securities available for sale       (124 )   (70 )   (112 )
   Proceeds from sales and calls of securities available for sale       931     130     30  
   Investment in subsidiary       —     —     (619 )
         Net cash provided (used) by investing activities       807     60     (701 )
Financing activities:    
   Purchase of treasury stock       (9,773 )   (7,333 )   (21,456 )
   Cash dividends paid       (6,127 )   (4,852 )   (4,238 )
   Stock options exercised       3,283     4,457     1,903  
   Proceeds from long term borrowing       —     —     20,619  
         Net cash used in financings activities       (12,617 )   (7,728 )   (3,172 )
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents       6,513     (7,286 )   (3,627 )
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year       2,690     9,976     13,603  
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year     $ 9,203   $ 2,690   $ 9,976  

89


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Flushing Financial Corporation:

We have completed an integrated audit of Flushing Financial Corporation’s 2004 consolidated financial statements and of its internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004 and audits of its 2003 and 2002 consolidated financial statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Our opinions, based on our audits, are presented below.

Consolidated financial statements

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Flushing Financial Corporation and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit of financial statements includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Internal control over financial reporting

Also, in our opinion, management’s assessment, included in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A, that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004 based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on those criteria. Furthermore, in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the COSO. The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express opinions on management’s assessment and on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We conducted our audit of internal control over financial reporting in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. An audit of internal control over financial reporting includes obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management’s assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we consider necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Management’s assessment and our audit of Flushing Financial Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting also included controls over the preparation of financial statements in accordance with the Office of Thrift Supervision Instructions for Thrift Financial Reports to comply with the reporting requirements of Section 112 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being


90


made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/S/PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP

New York, New York
March 7, 2005

Item 9.        Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

                 None.

Item 9A.     Controls and Procedures.

                 Disclosure Controls and Procedures

                 The Company carried out, under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report. Based upon that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of December 31, 2004, the design and operation of these disclosure controls and procedures were effective. During the period covered by this Annual Report, there have been no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

                 Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

                 Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, and for performing an assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004. Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) or 15d-15(f) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the Company’s principal executive and principal financial officers and effected by the Company’s board of directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. Internal control over financial reporting also includes controls over the preparation of financial statements in accordance with the Office of Thrift Supervision Instructions for Thrift Financial Reports to comply with the reporting requirements of Section 112 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act.


91


                 Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

                 Management performed an assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004 based upon criteria in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). Based on this assessment, management concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2004 based on those criteria issued by COSO.

                 The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, has audited management’s assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, as stated in their report which appears on page 90.

Dated March 7, 2005

 
        Michael J. Hegarty   David W. Fry  
        President and   Senior Vice President and  
        Chief Executive Officer   Chief Financial Officer  
 

Item 9B.     Other Information.

                 None.


92


PART III
 

Item 10.     Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant.

                 Other than the disclosures below, information regarding the directors and executive officers of the Company appears in the Company’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held May 17, 2005 (“Proxy Statement”) under the captions “Board Nominees”, “Continuing Directors”, “Executive Officers Who Are Not Directors” and “Meeting and Committees of the Board of Directors – Audit Committee” and is incorporated herein by this reference. Information regarding Section 16(a) beneficial ownership appears in the Company’s Proxy Statement under the caption “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” and is incorporated herein by this reference.

                 Code of Ethics. The Company has adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to all of its directors, officers and employees. This code is publicly available on the Company’s website at http://media.corporate-ir.net/media_files/NSD/FFIC/reports/codeofethics.pdf. Any substantive amendments to the code and any grant of a waiver from a provision of the code requiring disclosure under applicable SEC or NASDAQ rules will be disclosed in a report on Form 8-K.

                 Audit Committee Financial Expert. The Board of Directors of the Company has determined that Louis C. Grassi, the Chairman of the Audit Committee, is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined under Item 401(h) of Regulation S-K, and that he is independent as defined under applicable NASDAQ listing standards. Mr. Grassi is a certified public accountant and a certified fraud examiner.

Item 11.     Executive Compensation.

                 Information regarding executive compensation appears in the Proxy Statement under the caption “Executive Compensation” and is incorporated herein by this reference.

Item 12.     Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.

                 Information regarding security ownership of certain beneficial owners appears in the Proxy Statement under the caption “Stock Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners” and is incorporated herein by this reference.

                 Information regarding security ownership of management appears in the Proxy Statement under the caption “Stock Ownership of Management” and is incorporated herein by this reference.

                 The following table sets forth securities authorized for issuance under all equity compensation plans of the Company at December 31, 2004:

 

( a )
Number of securities
to be issued upon
exercise of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights		   ( b )
Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding
options, warrants
and rights 		  ( c )
Number of securities
remaining available
for future issuance
under equity
compensation plans
(excluding securities
reflected in column (a) 		 
 
                       
Equity compensation plans approved                
    by security holders       1,965,251   $  10.38     1,168,435
 (1)
     
Equity compensation plans not    
    approved by security holders       —     —     —  
                       
          Total       1,965,251   $  10.38     1,168,435
(1)

(1) Consists of 858,620 shares available for grant of stock options and 309,815 shares available for grant of restricted stock.

93


Item 13.     Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.

                 Information regarding certain relationships and related transactions appears in the Proxy Statement under the captions “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” and “Related Party Transactions” and is incorporated herein by this reference.

Item 14.     Principal Accounting Fees and Services.

                 Information regarding fees paid to the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm appears in the Proxy Statement under the caption “Fees to Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” and is hereby incorporated by this reference.

PART IV

Item 15.     Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules .

(a)   1.     Financial Statements

                 The following financial statements are included in Item 8 of this Annual Report and are incorporated herein by this reference:

 
• Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition at December 31, 2004 and 2003
 
• Consolidated Statements of Income for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004
 
• Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004
 
• Consolidated Statements of Cash Flow for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004
 
• Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
• Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 

        2.     Financial Statement Schedules

                 Financial Statement Schedules have been omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is shown in the Consolidated Financial Statements or Notes thereto included in Item 8 of this Annual Report and are incorporated herein by this reference.

        3.     Exhibits Required by Securities and Exchange Commission Regulation S-K

 
Exhibit
Number		 Description
   
3.1
 Certificate of Incorporation of Flushing Financial Corporation (1)
   
3.2
 Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation of Flushing Financial Corporation (10)
   
3.3
 Certificate of Designations of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock of Flushing Financial Corporation (12)
   
3.4
 By-Laws of Flushing Financial Corporation (1)
   
4.1
 Rights Agreement dated as of September 17, 1996 between Flushing Financial Corporation and State Street Bank and Trust Company, as Rights Agent (5)
   
4.2
 Form of Capital Security Certificate of Flushing Financial Capital Trust I (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A-1 to Exhibit 4.6) (12)
   
4.3
 Form of Common Security of Flushing Financial Capital Trust I (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A-2 to Exhibit 4.6) (12)
   
4.4
 Form of Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Debt Security of Flushing Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.5) (12)

94


4.5
 Indenture dated July 11, 2002 relating to Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Debt Securities due  2032 between Flushing Financial Corporation and Wilmington Trust Company (12)
   
4.6
 Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of Flushing Financial Capital Trust I among Flushing Financial Corporation, Wilmington Trust Company, the Administrators named therein and the holders of undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust to be issued pursuant to the Declaration (12)
   
4.7
 Guarantee Agreement dated July 11, 2002 between Flushing Financial Corporation and Wilmington Trust Company (12)
   
10.1*
 Annual Incentive Plan for Selected Officers (1)
   
10.2*
 Amended and Restated Employment Agreements between Flushing Savings Bank, FSB and Certain Officers (An Employment Agreement substantially the same in all material respects to this agreement was entered into with David W. Fry on July 1, 2004.) (8)
   
10.3*
 Amended and Restated Employment Agreements between Flushing Financial Corporation and Certain Officers (An Employment Agreement substantially the same in all material respects to this agreement was entered into with David W. Fry on July 1, 2004.) (8)
   
10.4*
 Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Flushing Financial Corporation and Michael J. Hegarty (9)
   
10.5*
 Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Flushing Savings Bank, FSB and Michael J. Hegarty (9)
   
10.6*
 Employment Agreement between Flushing Financial Corporation and John R. Buran (9)
   
10.7*
 Employment Agreement between Flushing Savings Bank, FSB and John R. Buran (9)
   
10.8*
 Form of Special Termination Agreement as amended (8)
   
10.9*
 Amended and Restated Employee Severance Compensation Plan of Flushing Savings Bank, FSB (8)
   
10.10(a)*
 Amended and Restated Outside Director Retirement Plan (13)
   
10.10(b)*
 Amended and Restated Flushing Savings Bank, FSB Outside Director Deferred Compensation Plan (8)
   
10.11*
 Restated Flushing Savings Bank, FSB Supplemental Savings Incentive Plan (11)
   
10.12(a)
 Form of Indemnity Agreement among Flushing Savings Bank, FSB, Flushing Financial Corporation, and each Director (An Indemnity Agreement substantially the same in all material respects to this agreement was entered into with John J. McCabe on June 17, 2003, with John R. Buran on March 1, 2004, and with each of Steven J. D’Iorio and Donna M. O’Brien on December 21, 2004.) (2)
   
10.12(b)
 Form of Indemnity Agreement among Flushing Savings Bank, FSB, Flushing Financial Corporation, and Certain Officers (An Indemnity Agreement substantially the same in all material respects to this agreement was entered into with David W. Fry on July 1, 2004.) (2)
   
10.13*
 Employee Benefit Trust Agreement (1)
   
10.13(a)*
 Amendment to the Employee Benefit Trust Agreement (4)
   
10.14*
 Loan Document for Employee Benefit Trust (1)
   
10.15*
 Guarantee by Flushing Financial Corporation (1)
   
10.16*
 Consulting Agreement between Flushing Savings Bank, FSB, Flushing Financial Corporation and Gerard P. Tully, Sr. (3)
   
10.16(a)*
 Amendment to Gerard P. Tully, Sr. Consulting Agreement (4)
   
10.16(b)*
 Amendment No. 2 to Gerard P. Tully, Sr. Consulting Agreement (6)
   
10.16(c)*
 Amendment No. 3 to Gerard P. Tully, Sr. Consulting Agreement (7)
   
10.16(d)*
 Amendment No. 4 to Gerard P. Tully, Sr. Consulting Agreement (11)
   
10.16(e)*
 Amendment No. 5 to Gerard P. Tully, Sr. Consulting Agreement (14)
   
10.17*
 1996 Restricted Stock Incentive Plan of Flushing Financial Corporation (as amended effective April 20, 2004) (15)
   
10.18*
 1996 Stock Option Incentive Plan of Flushing Financial Corporation (as restated as of December 31, 2003 to reflect the three-for-two stock split paid on December 15, 2003 in the form of a stock dividend) (13)
   
10.19*
 Retirement Agreement among Flushing Financial Corporation, Flushing Savings Bank, FSB, and Monica C.Passick (15)
   
10.20*
 Retirement Agreement among Flushing Financial Corporation, Flushing Savings Bank, FSB, and Michael J. Hegarty dated December 23, 2004. (16)
   
10.21*
 Description of Outside Director Fee Arrangements
   
10.22*
 Form of Outside Director Restricted Stock Award Letter
   
10.23*
 Form of Outside Director Restricted Stock Unit Award Letter
   
10.24*
 Form of Outside Director Stock Option Grant Letter

95


10.25*
 Form of Employee Restricted Stock Award Letter
   
10.26*
 Form of Employee Restricted Stock Unit Award Letter
   
10.27*
 Form of Employee Stock Option Grant Letter
   
21.1
 Subsidiaries information incorporated herein by reference to Part I – Subsidiary Activities
   
23.1
 Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
   
31.1
 Certification pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 by the Chief Executive Officer.
   
31.2
 Certification pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 by the Chief Financial Officer.
   
32.1
 Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C, Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 by the Chief Executive Officer
   
32.2
 Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C, Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 by the Chief Financial Officer
   
99.1
 Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 17, 2005, which is to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual report.
 
*Indicates compensatory plan or arrangemnt.
 
———————
(1) Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with the Registration Statement on Form S-1, Registration No. 33 96488.
   
(2) Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1996.
   
(3) Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996.
   
(4) Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997.
   
(5) Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with Form 8-K filed September 30, 1996.
   
(6) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit filed with the Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998.
   
(7) Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999.
   
(8) Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2000.
   
(9) Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000.
   
(10) Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with Form S-8 filed May 31, 2002
   
(11) Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001.
   
(12) Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2002.
   
(13) Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003.
   
(14) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit filed with Form 8-K filed November 26, 2004.
   
(15) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit filed with Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2004.
   
(16) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit filed with Form 8-K filed December 28, 2004.

96


SIGNATURES

                 Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Company has duly caused this report, or amendment thereto, to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in New York, New York, on March 10, 2005.

 
FLUSHING FINANCIAL CORPORATION
   
By   /S/MICHAEL J. HEGARTY
—————————————————
Michael J. Hegarty
President and CEO
 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

                 We, the undersigned directors and officers of Flushing Financial Corporation (the “Company”) hereby severally constitute and appoint Michael J. Hegarty, John R. Buran and David W. Fry as our true and lawful attorneys and agents, each acting alone and with full power of substitution and re-substitution, to do any and all things in our names in the capacities indicated below which said Michael J. Hegarty or John R. Buran or David W. Fry may deem necessary or advisable to enable the Company to comply with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, in connection with the report on Form 10-K, or amendment thereto, including specifically, but not limited to, power and authority to sign for us in our names in the capacities indicated below the report on Form 10-K, or amendment thereto; and we hereby approve, ratify and confirm all that said Michael J. Hegarty or John R. Buran or David W. Fry shall do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

                 Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report on Form 10-K, or amendment thereto, has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 
Signature   Title   Date
 
 
         
/S/MICHAEL J. HEGARTY   Director, President (Principal Executive Officer)   March 10, 2005
————————————        
     Michael J. Hegarty        
         
/S/GERARD P. TULLY, SR.   Director, Chairman   March 10, 2005
————————————        
     Gerard P. Tully, Sr.        
         
/S/DAVID W. FRY   Treasurer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)   March 10, 2005
————————————        
     David W Fry        
         
/S/JAMES D. BENNETT   Director   March 10, 2005
————————————        
     James D. Bennett        
         
/S/JOHN R. BURAN   Director, Executive Vice President and Chief
Operating Officer 		  March 10, 2005
————————————        
     John R. Buran        

97


/S/STEVEN J. D’IORIO
Director
  
March 10, 2005
————————————————
 
     Steven J. D’Iorio
 
 
 
/S/LOUIS C. GRASSI
Director
  
March 10, 2005
————————————————
 
     Louis C. Grassi
 
 
 
/S/JOHN J. MCCABE
Director
  
March 10, 2005
————————————————
 
     John J. McCabe
 
 
 
/S/VINCENT F. NICOLOSI
Director
  
March 10, 2005
————————————————
 
     Vincent F. Nicolosi
 
 
 
/S/DONNA M. O’BRIEN
Director
  
March 10, 2005
————————————————
 
     Donna M. O’Brien
 
 
 
/S/FRANKLIN F. REGAN, JR.
Director
  
March 10, 2005
————————————————
 
     Franklin F. Regan, Jr.
 
 
 
/S/JOHN E. ROE, SR.
Director
  
March 10, 2005
————————————————
 
     John E. Roe, Sr.
 
 
 
/S/MICHAEL J. RUSSO
Director
  
March 10, 2005
————————————————
 
     Michael J. Russo
 

98


FLUSHING FINANCIAL CORPORATION and SUBSIDIARIES
EXHIBIT INDEX
 
Exhibit No.   Description
 
     
 
3.1
 Certificate of Incorporation of Flushing Financial Corporation (1)
     
 
3.2
 Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation of Flushing Financial Corporation (10)
     
 
3.3
 Certificate of Designations of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock of Flushing Financial Corporation (12)
     
 
3.4
 By-Laws of Flushing Financial Corporation (1)
     
 
4.1
 Rights Agreement dated as of September 17, 1996 between Flushing Financial Corporation and State Street Bank and Trust Company, as Rights Agent (5)
     
 
4.2
 Form of Capital Security Certificate of Flushing Financial Capital Trust I (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A-1 to Exhibit 4.6) (12)
     
 
4.3
 Form of Common Security of Flushing Financial Capital Trust I (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A-2 to Exhibit 4.6) (12)
     
 
4.4
 Form of Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Debt Security of Flushing Corporation (incorporated by  reference to Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.5) (12)
     
 
4.5
 Indenture dated July 11, 2002 relating to Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Debt Securities due  2032 between Flushing Financial Corporation and Wilmington Trust Company (12)
     
 
4.6
 Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of Flushing Financial Capital Trust I among Flushing Financial Corporation, Wilmington Trust Company, the Administrators named therein and the holders of undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust to be issued pursuant to the Declaration (12)
     
 
4.7
 Guarantee Agreement dated July 11, 2002 between Flushing Financial Corporation and Wilmington Trust Company (12)
     
 
10.1*
 Annual Incentive Plan for Selected Officers (1)
     
 
10.2*
 Amended and Restated Employment Agreements between Flushing Savings Bank, FSB and Certain Officers (An Employment Agreement substantially the same in all material respects to this agreement was entered into with David W. Fry on July 1, 2004.) (8)
     
 
10.3*
 Amended and Restated Employment Agreements between Flushing Financial Corporation and Certain Officers (An Employment Agreement substantially the same in all material respects to this agreement was entered into with David W. Fry on July 1, 2004.) (8)
     
 
10.4*
 Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Flushing Financial Corporation and Michael J. Hegarty (9)
     
 
10.5*
 Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Flushing Savings Bank, FSB and Michael J. Hegarty (9)
     
 
10.6*
 Employment Agreement between Flushing Financial Corporation and John R. Buran (9)
     
 
10.7*
 Employment Agreement between Flushing Savings Bank, FSB and John R. Buran (9)
     
 
10.8*
 Form of Special Termination Agreement as amended (8)
     
 
10.9*
 Amended and Restated Employee Severance Compensation Plan of Flushing Savings Bank, FSB (8)
     
 
10.10(a)*
 Amended and Restated Outside Director Retirement Plan (13)
     
 
10.10(b)*
 Amended and Restated Flushing Savings Bank, FSB Outside Director Deferred Compensation Plan (8)
     
 
10.11*
 Restated Flushing Savings Bank, FSB Supplemental Savings Incentive Plan (11)
     
 
10.12(a)
 Form of Indemnity Agreement among Flushing Savings Bank, FSB, Flushing Financial Corporation, and each Director (An Indemnity Agreement substantially the same in all material respects to this agreement was entered into with John J. McCabe on June 17, 2003, with John R. Buran on March 1, 2004, and with each of Steven J. D’Iorio and Donna M. O’Brien on December 21, 2004.) (2)
     
 
10.12(b)
 Form of Indemnity Agreement among Flushing Savings Bank, FSB, Flushing Financial Corporation, and Certain Officers (An Indemnity Agreement substantially the same in all material respects to this agreement was entered into with David W. Fry on July 1, 2004.) (2)
     
 
10.13*
 Employee Benefit Trust Agreement (1)
     
 
10.13(a)*
 Amendment to the Employee Benefit Trust Agreement (4)
     
 
10.14*
 Loan Document for Employee Benefit Trust (1)
     
 
10.15*
 Guarantee by Flushing Financial Corporation (1)

99

     
     
 
10.16*
 Consulting Agreement between Flushing Savings Bank, FSB, Flushing Financial Corporation and Gerard P. Tully, Sr. (3)
     
 
10.16(a)*
 Amendment to Gerard P. Tully, Sr. Consulting Agreement (4)
     
 
10.16(b)*
 Amendment No. 2 to Gerard P. Tully, Sr. Consulting Agreement (6)
     
 
10.16(c)*
 Amendment No. 3 to Gerard P. Tully, Sr. Consulting Agreement (7)
     
 
10.16(d)*
 Amendment No. 4 to Gerard P. Tully, Sr. Consulting Agreement (11)
     
 
10.16(e)*
 Amendment No. 5 to Gerard P. Tully, Sr. Consulting Agreement (14)
     
 
10.17*
 1996 Restricted Stock Incentive Plan of Flushing Financial Corporation (as amended effective April 20, 2004) (15)
     
 
10.18*
 1996 Stock Option Incentive Plan of Flushing Financial Corporation (as restated as of December 31, 2003 to reflect the three-for-two stock split paid on December 15, 2003 in the form of a stock dividend) (13)
     
 
10.19*
 Retirement Agreement among Flushing Financial Corporation, Flushing Savings Bank, FSB, and Monica C.Passick (15)
     
 
10.20*
 Retirement Agreement among Flushing Financial Corporation, Flushing Savings Bank, FSB, and Michael J. Hegarty dated December 23, 2004. (16)
     
 
10.21*
 Description of Outside Director Fee Arrangements
     
 
10.22*
 Form of Outside Director Restricted Stock Award Letter
     
 
10.23*
 Form of Outside Director Restricted Stock Unit Award Letter
     
 
10.24*
 Form of Outside Director Stock Option Grant Letter
     
 
10.25*
 Form of Employee Restricted Stock Award Letter
     
 
10.26*
 Form of Employee Restricted Stock Unit Award Letter
     
 
10.27*
 Form of Employee Stock Option Grant Letter
     
 
21.1
 Subsidiaries information incorporated herein by reference to Part I – Subsidiary Activities
     
 
23.1
 Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
     
 
31.1
 Certification pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 by the Chief Executive Officer.
     
 
31.2
 Certification pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 by the Chief Financial Officer.
     
 
32.1
 Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C, Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 by the Chief Executive Officer
     
 
32.2
 Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C, Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 by the Chief Financial Officer
     
 
99.1
 Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 17, 2005, which is to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual report.
 
*Indicates compensatory plan or arrangement.
 
———————
(1) Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with the Registration Statement on Form S-1, Registration No. 33 96488.
   
(2) Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1996.
   
(3) Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996.
   
(4) Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997.
   
(5) Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with Form 8-K filed September 30, 1996.
   
(6) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit filed with the Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998.
   
(7) Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999.
   
(8) Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2000.
   
(9) Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000.
   
(10) Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with Form S-8 filed May 31, 2002
   
(11) Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001.
   
(12) Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2002.
   
(13) Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003.
   
(14) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit filed with Form 8-K filed November 26, 2004.
   
(15) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit filed with Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2004.
   
(16) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit filed with Form 8-K filed December 28, 2004.

100